WO2005030751A2 - Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors - Google Patents

Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2005030751A2
WO2005030751A2 PCT/US2004/028678 US2004028678W WO2005030751A2 WO 2005030751 A2 WO2005030751 A2 WO 2005030751A2 US 2004028678 W US2004028678 W US 2004028678W WO 2005030751 A2 WO2005030751 A2 WO 2005030751A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
group
phenyl
cycloalkyl
aryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2004/028678
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2005030751A3 (en
Inventor
Jun Feng
Stephen L. Gwaltney
Jeffrey A. Stafford
Zhiyuan Zhang
Original Assignee
Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited filed Critical Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited
Priority to JP2006526185A priority Critical patent/JP2007513058A/en
Priority to EP04809661A priority patent/EP1697342A2/en
Publication of WO2005030751A2 publication Critical patent/WO2005030751A2/en
Publication of WO2005030751A3 publication Critical patent/WO2005030751A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/16Masculine contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06Antihyperlipidemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/12Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P39/00General protective or antinoxious agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond

Definitions

  • the invention relates to compounds that may be used to inhibit dipeptidyl peptidases as well as compositions of matter and kits comprising these compounds.
  • the present invention also relates to methods for inhibiting dipeptidyl peptidases as well as treatment methods using compounds according to the present invention.
  • Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (IUBMB Enzyme Nomenclature EC.3.4.14.5) is a type H membrane protein that has been referred to in the literature by a wide a variety of names including DPP4, DP4, DAP-IV, FAP ⁇ , adenosine deaminase complexing protein 2, adenosine deaminase binding protein (ADAbp), dipeptidyl aminopeptidase IV; Xaa-Pro-dipeptidyl- aminopeptidase; Gly-Pro naphthylamidase; postproline dipeptidyl aminopeptidase IV; lymphocyte antigen CD26; glycoprotein GP110; dipeptidyl peptidase IV; glycylproline aminopeptidase; glycylproline aminopeptidase; X-prolyl dipeptidyl aminopeptidase; pep X; leukocyte antigen CD26; gly
  • DPP-IV is a non-classical serine aminodipeptidase that removes Xaa-Pro dipeptides from the amino terminus (N-terminus) of polypeptides and proteins. DPP-IV dependent slow release of dipeptides of the type X-Gly or X-Ser has also been reported for some naturally occurring peptides.
  • DPP-IV is constitutively expressed on epithelial and endothelial cells of a variety of different tissues (intestine, liver, lung, kidney and placenta), and is also found in body fluids. DPP-IV is also expressed on circulating T-lymphocytes and has been shown to be synonymous with the cell-surface antigen, CD-26. DPP-IV has been implicated in a number of disease states, some of which are discussed below.
  • DPP-IV is responsible for the metabolic cleavage of certain endogenous peptides (GLP-1 (7-36), glucagon) in vivo and has demonstrated proteolytic activity against a variety of other peptides (GHRH, NPY, GLP-2, VIP) in vitro.
  • GLP-1 (7-36) is a 29 amino-acid peptide derived by post-translational processing of proglucagon in the small intestine.
  • GLP-1 (7-36) has multiple actions in vivo including the stimulation of insulin secretion, inhibition of glucagon secretion, the promotion of satiety, and the slowing of gastric emptying.
  • DPP-IV has been shown to be the primary degrading enzyme of GLP-1 (7-36) in vivo.
  • GLP-1 (7-36) is degraded by DPP-IV efficiently to GLP-1 (9-36), which has been speculated to act as a physiological antagonist to GLP-1 (7-36).
  • Inhibiting DPP-IV in vivo is therefore believed to be useful for potentiating endogenous levels of GLP-1 (7-36) and attenuating the formation of its antagonist GLP-1 (9-36).
  • DPP-IV inhibitors are believed to be useful agents for the prevention, delay of progression, and/or treatment of conditions mediated by DPP-IV, in particular diabetes and more particularly, type 2 diabetes mellitus, diabetic dislipidemia, conditions of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), conditions of impaired fasting plasma glucose (IFG), metabolic acidosis, ketosis, appetite regulation and obesity.
  • diabetes in particular diabetes and more particularly, type 2 diabetes mellitus, diabetic dislipidemia, conditions of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), conditions of impaired fasting plasma glucose (IFG), metabolic acidosis, ketosis, appetite regulation and obesity.
  • ITT impaired glucose tolerance
  • IGF impaired fasting plasma glucose
  • metabolic acidosis ketosis
  • ketosis ketosis
  • appetite regulation and obesity are believed to be useful agents for the prevention, delay of progression, and/or treatment of conditions mediated by DPP-IV, in particular diabetes and more particularly, type 2 diabetes mellitus, diabetic dislipidemia, conditions of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), conditions of impaired fasting plasma glucose
  • DPP-IV expression is increased in T-cells upon mitogenic or antigenic stimulation (Mattem, T., et al., Scand. J. Immunol., 1991 , 33, 737). It has been reported that inhibitors of DPP-IV and antibodies to DPP-IV suppress the proliferation of mitogen-stimulated and antigen-stimulated T-cells in a dose-dependant manner (Schon, E., et al., Biol. Chem., 1991, 372, 305). Various other functions of T-lymphocytes such as cytokine production, IL-2 mediated cell proliferation and B-cell helper activity have been shown to be dependent on DPP-IV activity (Schon, E., et al., Scand.
  • DPP-IV inhibitors based on boroProline, (Flentke, G. R., et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 1991, 88, 1556) although unstable, were effective at inhibiting antigen-induced lymphocyte proliferation and IL-2 production in murine CD4+ T-helper cells.
  • Such boronic acid inhibitors have been shown to have an effect in vivo in mice causing suppression of antibody production induced by immune challenge (Kubota, T. et al., Clin. Exp. Immun., 1992, 89, 192).
  • DPP- TV in regulating T lymphocyte activation may also be attributed, in part, to its cell-surface association with the transmembrane phosphatase, CD45.
  • DPP-IV inhibitors or non-active site ligands may possibly disrupt the CD45-DPP-IV association.
  • CD45 is known to be an integral component of the T-cell signaling apparatus. It has been reported that DPP-IV is essential for the penetration and infectivity of HIV-1 and HTV-2 viruses in CD4+ T-cells (Wakselman, M., Nguyen, C, Mazaleyrat, J.-P., Callebaut, C, Krust, B., Hovanessian, A.
  • inhibitors of DPP-IV may be useful immunosuppressants (or cytokine release suppressant drugs) for the treatment of among other things: organ transplant rejection; autoimmune diseases such as inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis and rheumatoid arthritis; and the treatment of AIDS.
  • lung endothelial cell DPP-IV is an adhesion molecule for lung-metastatic rat breast and prostate carcinoma cells (Johnson, R. C, et al., J. Cell. Biol., 1993, 121, 1423). DPP-IV is known to bind to fibronectin and some metastatic tumor cells are known to carry large amounts of fibronectin on their surface. Potent DPP-IV inhibitors may be useful as drugs to prevent metastases of, for example, breast and prostrate tumors to the lungs.
  • DPP-IV inhibitors may be useful as agents to treat dermatological diseases such as psoriasis and lichen planus.
  • DPP-IV inhibitors may also act to suppress sperm motility and therefore act as a male contraceptive agent.
  • DPP-IV inhibitors have been implicated as novel for treatment of infertility, and particularly human female infertility due to Polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS, Stein-Leventhal syndrome) which is a condition characterized by thickening of the ovarian capsule and formation of multiple follicular cysts. It results in infertility and amenorrhea.
  • PCOS Polycystic ovary syndrome
  • DPP-TV is thought to play a role in the cleavage of various cytokines (stimulating hematopoietic cells), growth factors and neuropeptides.
  • Stimulated hematopoietic cells are useful for the treatment of disorders that are characterized by a reduced number of hematopoietic cells or their precursors in vivo. Such conditions occur frequently in patients who are immunosuppressed, for example, as a consequence of chemotherapy and/or radiation therapy for cancer. It was discovered that inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase type TV are useful for stimulating the growth and differentiation of hematopoietic cells in the absence of exogenously added cytokines or other growth factors or stromal cells.
  • DPP-TV in human plasma has been shown to cleave N-terminal Tyr- Ala from growth hormone-releasing factor and cause inactivation of this hormone. Therefore, inhibitors of DPP-TV may be useful in the treatment of short stature due to growth hormone deficiency (Dwarfism) and for promoting GH-dependent tissue growth or re-growth.
  • Dwarfism growth hormone deficiency
  • DPP-TV can also cleave neuropeptides and has been shown to modulate the activity of neuroactive peptides substance P, neuropeptide Y and CLIP (Mentlein, R., Dahms, P., Grandt, D., Kruger, R., Proteolytic processing of neuropeptide Y and peptide YY by dipeptidyl peptidase TV, Regul. Pept, 49, 133, 1993; Wetzel, W., Wagner, T., Vogel, D., Demuth, H.-U., Balschun, D., Effects of the CLIP fragment ACTH 20-24 on the duration of REM sleep episodes, Neuropeptides, 31, 41, 1997).
  • DPP-TV inhibitors may also be useful agents for the regulation or normalization of neurological disorders.
  • Several compounds have been shown to inhibit DPP-TV. Nonetheless, a need still exists for new DPP-TV inhibitors that have advantageous potency, stability, selectivity, toxicity and/or pharmacodynamics properties.
  • a novel class of DPP-TV inhibitors are provided herein.
  • the present invention relates to compounds that have activity for inhibiting DPP- TV. It is noted that these compounds may also have activity for inhibiting other S9 proteases and thus may be used against these other S9 proteases as well as DPP-TV.
  • the present invention also provides compositions, articles of manufacture and kits comprising these compounds.
  • a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a DPP-TV inhibitor according to the present invention as an active ingredient.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may optionally comprise 0.001%- 100% of one or more DPP-TV inhibitors of this invention.
  • These pharmaceutical compositions may be administered or coadministered by a wide variety of routes, including for example, orally, parenterally, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intraarterially, transdermally, sublingually, intramuscularly, rectally, transbuccally, intranasally, liposomally, via inhalation, vaginally, intraoccularly, via local delivery (for example by catheter or stent), subcutaneously, intraadiposally, intraarticularly, or intrathecally.
  • the compositions may also be administered or coadministered in slow release dosage forms.
  • the invention is also directed to kits and other articles of manufacture for treating disease states associated with DPP-TV.
  • a kit comprising a composition comprising at least one DPP-TV inhibitor of the present invention in combination with instructions.
  • the instructions may indicate the disease state for which the composition is to be administered, storage information, dosing information and/or instructions regarding how to administer the composition.
  • the kit may also comprise packaging materials.
  • the packaging material may comprise a container for housing the composition.
  • the kit may also optionally comprise additional components, such as syringes for administration of the composition.
  • the kit may comprise the composition in single or multiple dose forms.
  • an article of manufacture comprises a composition comprising at least one DPP-TV inhibitor of the present invention in combination with packaging materials.
  • the packaging material may comprise a container for housing the composition.
  • the container may optionally comprise a label indicating the disease state for which the composition is to be administered, storage information, dosing information and/or instructions regarding how to administer the composition.
  • the kit may also optionally comprise additional components, such as syringes for administration of the composition.
  • the kit may comprise the composition in single or multiple dose forms.
  • the compounds, compositions, kits and articles of manufacture are used to inhibit DPP-TV.
  • the compounds, compositions, kits and articles of manufacture are used to treat a disease state for which DPP-TV possesses activity that contributes to the pathology and/or symptomology of the disease state.
  • a compound is administered to a subject wherein DPP-TV activity within the subject is altered, preferably reduced.
  • a prodrug of a compound is administered to a subject that is converted to the compound in vivo where it inhibits DPP-TV.
  • a method of inhibiting DPP-TV comprises contacting DPP-TV with a compound according to the present invention.
  • a method of inhibiting DPP-TV comprises causing a compound according to the present invention to be present in a subject in order to inhibit DPP-TV in vivo.
  • a method of inhibiting DPP-TV comprises administering a first compound to a subject that is converted in vivo to a second compound wherein the second compound inhibits DPP-TV in vivo.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be the first or second compounds.
  • a therapeutic method comprises administering a compound according to the present invention.
  • a method of inhibiting cell proliferation comprises contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
  • a method of inhibiting cell proliferation in a patient comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
  • a method of treating a condition in a patient which is known to be mediated by DPP-TV, or which is known to be treated by DPP-TV inhibitors comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
  • a method for using a compound according to the present invention in order to manufacture a medicament for use in the treatment of disease state which is known to be mediated by DPP-TV, or which is known to be treated by DPP-TV inhibitors.
  • DPP-TV possesses activity that contributes to the pathology and/or symptomology of the disease state, the method comprising: causing a compound according to the present invention to be present in a subject in a therapeutically effective amount for the disease state.
  • DPP-TV possesses activity that contributes to the pathology and/or symptomology of the disease state, the method comprising: administering a first compound to a subject that is converted in vivo to a second compound such that the second compound is present in the subject in a therapeutically effective amount for the disease state.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be the first or second compounds.
  • DPP-TV possesses activity that contributes to the pathology and/or symptomology of the disease state, the method comprising: administering a compound according to the present invention to a subject such that the compound is present in the subject in a therapeutically effective amount for the disease state.
  • a method for treating a cell proliferative disease state comprising treating cells with a compound according to the present invention in combination with an anti-proliferative agent, wherein the cells are treated with the compound according to the present invention before, at the same time, and/or after the cells are treated with the anti-proliferative agent, referred to herein as combination therapy.
  • combination therapy is intended to cover when agents are administered before or after each other (sequential therapy) as well as when the agents are administered at the same time.
  • diabetes more particular type 2 diabetes mellitus, diabetic dislipidemia, conditions of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), conditions of impaired fasting plasma glucose (TFG), metabolic acidosis, ketosis, appetite regulation, obesity, immunosuppressants or
  • the present invention is intended to encompass all pharmaceutically acceptable ionized forms (e.g., salts) and solvates (e.g., hydrates) of the compounds, regardless of whether such ionized forms and solvates are specified since it is well known in the art to administer pharmaceutical agents in an ionized or solvated form. It is also noted that unless a particular stereochemistry is specified, recitation of a compound is intended to encompass all possible stereoisomers (e.g., enantiomers or diastereomers depending on the number of chiral centers), independent of whether the compound is present as an individual isomer or a mixture of isomers.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable ionized forms e.g., salts
  • solvates e.g., hydrates
  • prodrugs may also be administered which are altered in vivo and become a compound according to the present invention.
  • the various methods of using the compounds of the present invention are intended, regardless of whether prodrug delivery is specified, to encompass the administration of a prodrug that is converted in vivo to a compound according to the present invention.
  • Alicyclic means a moiety comprising a non-aromatic ring structure. Alicyclic moieties may be saturated or partially unsaturated with one, two or more double or triple bonds. Alicyclic moieties may also optionally comprise heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The nitrogen atoms can be optionally quaternerized or oxidized and the sulfur atoms can be optionally oxidized.
  • alicyclic moieties include, but are not limited to moieties with C 3 - C 8 rings such as cyclopropyl, cyclohexane, cyclopentane, cyclopentene, cyclopentadiene, cyclohexane, cyclohexene, cyclohexadiene, cycloheptane, cycloheptene, cycloheptadiene, cyclooctane, cyclooctene, and cyclooctadiene.
  • C 3 - C 8 rings such as cyclopropyl, cyclohexane, cyclopentane, cyclopentene, cyclopentadiene, cyclohexane, cyclohexene, cyclohexadiene, cycloheptane, cycloheptene, cycloheptadiene, cyclooctane, cyclooctene
  • Aliphatic means a moiety characterized by a straight or branched chain arrangement of constituent carbon atoms and may be saturated or partially unsaturated with one, two or more double or triple bonds.
  • alkenyl represented by itself means a straight or branched, unsaturated, aliphatic radical having a chain of carbon atoms having at least one double bond between adjacent carbon atoms.
  • Cx alkenyl and C ⁇ . ⁇ alkenyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain.
  • C -6 alkenyl includes alkenyls that have a chain of between 2 and 6 carbons.
  • Alkoxy means an oxygen moiety having a further alkyl substituent.
  • the alkoxy groups of the present invention can be optionally substituted.
  • Alkyl represented by itself means a straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic radical having a chain of carbon atoms, optionally with oxygen (See “oxaalkyl”) or nitrogen atoms (See “arninoalkyl”) between the carbon atoms.
  • C x alkyl and C ⁇ _ ⁇ alkyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain.
  • C 1-6 alkyl includes alkyls that have a chain of between 1 and 6 carbons (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, -fe -butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-methylallyl, ethynyl, 1 -propynyl, 2-propynyl, and the like).
  • Alkyl represented along with another radical means a straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated aliphatic divalent radical having the number of atoms indicated or when no atoms are indicated means a bond (e.g., (C 6-1 o)aryl(C 1-3 )alkyl includes, benzyl, phenethyl, 1-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, 2- thienylmethyl, 2-pyridinylmethyl and the like).
  • Alkylene unless indicated otherwise, means a straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic, divalent radical.
  • Cx alkylene and C ⁇ . ⁇ alkylene are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain.
  • 2-methyltetramethylene (-CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 -), pentamethylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -) and the like).
  • Alkylidene means a straight or branched saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic radical connected to the parent molecule by a double bond.
  • Cx alkylidene and C ⁇ . ⁇ alkylidene are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain.
  • Alkynyl represented by itself means a straight or branched, unsaturated, aliphatic radical having a chain of carbon atoms having at least one triple bond between adjacent carbon atoms.
  • Cx alkynyl and C ⁇ - ⁇ alkynyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain.
  • C 2-6 alkynyl includes alkynyls that have a chain of between 2 and 6 carbons.
  • amino means a nitrogen moiety having two further substituents where a hydrogen or carbon atom is attached to the nitrogen.
  • representative amino groups include -NH 2 , -NHCH 3 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -NHC 1-3 -alkyl, -N(C 1-3 -alkyl) 2 and the like.
  • the two substituents together with the nitrogen may also form a ring.
  • the compounds of the invention containing amino moieties may include protected derivatives thereof. Suitable protecting groups for amino moieties include acetyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and the like.
  • Aminoalkyl means an alkyl, as defined above, except where one or more substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen atoms (-N-) are positioned between carbon atoms of the alkyl.
  • an (C 2-6 ) aminoalkyl refers to a chain comprising between 2 and 6 carbons and one or more nitrogen atoms positioned between the carbon atoms.
  • Animal includes humans, non-human mammals (e.g. , dogs, cats, rabbits, cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine, deer, and the like) and non-mammals (e.g., birds, and the like).
  • non-human mammals e.g. , dogs, cats, rabbits, cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine, deer, and the like
  • non-mammals e.g., birds, and the like.
  • Aromatic means a moiety wherein the constituent atoms make up an unsaturated ring system, all atoms in the ring system are sp hybridized and the total number of pi electrons is equal to 4n+2.
  • An aromatic ring may be such that the ring atoms are only carbon atoms or may include carbon and non-carbon atoms (see Heteroaryl).
  • Aryl means a monocyclic or polycyclic ring assembly wherein each ring is aromatic or when fused with one or more rings forms an aromatic ring assembly. If one or more ring atoms is not carbon (e.g., N, S), the aryl is a heteroaryl. Cx aryl and C ⁇ . ⁇ aryl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of atoms in the ring.
  • Aryloxy means an oxygen moiety having a further aryl substituent.
  • the aryloxy groups of the present invention can be optionally substituted.
  • Bicycloalkyl means a saturated or partially unsaturated fused bicyclic or bridged polycyclic ring assembly.
  • Bicycloaryl means a bicyclic ring assembly wherein the rings are linked by a single bond or fused and at least one of the rings comprising the assembly is aromatic.
  • Cx bicycloaryl and C ⁇ . ⁇ bicycloaryl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the bicyclic ring assembly and directly attached to the ring.
  • “Bridging ring” as used herein refers to a ring that is bonded to another ring to form a compound having a bicyclic structure where two ring atoms that are common to both rings are not directly bound to each other.
  • Non-exclusive examples of common compounds having a bridging ring include borneol, norbornane, 7-oxabicyclo[2.2. l]heptane, and the like.
  • Carbamoyl means the radical -OC(O)NR a R b where R a and R b are each independently two further substituents where a hydrogen or carbon atom is attached to the nitrogen.
  • Carbocycle means a ring consisting of carbon atoms.
  • Carbocyclic ketone derivative means a carbocyclic derivative wherein the ring contains a -CO- moiety.
  • Carbonyl means the radical -CO-. It is noted that the carbonyl radical may be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different carbonyl groups including acids, acid halides, aldehydes, amides, esters, and ketones.
  • Carboxy means the radical -CO 2 -. It is noted that compounds of the invention containing carboxy moieties may include protected derivatives thereof, i.e., where the oxygen is substituted with a protecting group. Suitable protecting groups for carboxy moieties include benzyl, tert-butyl, and the like.
  • Cyano means the radical -CN.
  • Cycloalkyl means a non-aromatic, saturated or partially unsaturated, monocyclic, fused bicyclic or bridged polycyclic ring assembly.
  • Cx cycloalkyl and C ⁇ _ ⁇ cycloalkyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the ring assembly.
  • C 3-10 cycloalkyl includes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 2,5-cyclohexadienyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl, adamantan-1-yl, decahydronaphthyl, oxocyclohexyl, dioxocyclohexyl, thiocyclohexyl,
  • Cycloalkylene means a divalent saturated or partially unsaturated, monocyclic or polycyclic ring assembly. Cx cycloalkylene and C ⁇ . ⁇ cycloalkylene are typically used where
  • X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the ring assembly.
  • Disease specifically includes any unhealthy condition of an animal or part thereof and includes an unhealthy condition that may be caused by, or incident to, medical or veterinary therapy applied to that animal, i.e., the "side effects" of such therapy.
  • fused ring refers to a ring that is bonded to another ring to form a compound having a bicyclic structure where the ring atoms that are common to both rings are directly bound to each other.
  • Non-exclusive examples of common fused rings include decalin, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, indole, furan, benzofuran, quinoline, and the like.
  • Compounds having fused ring systems may be saturated, partially saturated, carbocyclics, heterocyclics, aromatics, heteroaromatics, and the like.
  • "Halo" means fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.
  • Halo-substituted alkyl as an isolated group or part of a larger group, means “alkyl” substituted by one or more "halo" atoms, as such terms are defined in this Application.
  • Halo-substituted alkyl includes haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, perhaloalkyl and the like (e.g. halo-substituted (C 1-3 )alkyl includes chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, perfluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-l,l-dichloroethyl, and the like).
  • Heteroaryl means a cyclic aromatic group having five or six ring atoms, wherein at least one ring atom is a heteroatom and the remaining ring atoms are carbon.
  • the nitrogen atoms can be optionally quaternerized and the sulfur atoms can be optionally oxidized.
  • Heteroaryl groups of this invention include, but are not limited to, those derived from furan, imidazole, isothiazole, isoxazole, oxadiazole, oxazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrroline, thiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, triazole and tetrazole.
  • Heteroaryl also includes, but is not limited to, bicyclic or tricyclic rings, wherein the heteroaryl ring is fused to one or two rings independently selected from the group consisting of an aryl ring, a cycloalkyl ring, a cycloalkenyl ring, and another monocyclic heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl ring.
  • bicyclic or tricyclic heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, those derived from benzo[b]furan, benzo[b]thiophene, benzimidazole, imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine, quinazoline, thieno[2,3-c]pyridine, thieno[3,2-b]pyridine, thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, indolizine, imidazo[l,2a]pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, phthalazine, quinoxaline, naphthyridine, quinolizine, indole, isoindole, indazole, indoline, benzoxazole, benzopyrazole, benzothiazole, imidazo[l,5-a]pyridine, pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyridine, imidazo[l,2-a]pyrimidine, imidazo[l,2- c]pyrimidine, imidazo[l,5
  • the bicyclic or tricyclic heteroaryl rings can be attached to the parent molecule through either the heteroaryl group itself or the aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocycloalkyl group to which it is fused.
  • the heteroaryl groups of this invention can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Heteroaryloxy means an oxygen moiety having a further heteroaryl substituent.
  • the heteroaryloxy groups of the present invention can be optionally substituted.
  • Heteroatom refers to an atom that is not a carbon atom. Particular examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • Heterobicycloalkyl means bicycloalkyl, as defined in this Application, provided that one or more of the atoms within the ring is a heteroatom.
  • hetero(C 9-12 )bicycloalkyl as used in this application includes, but is not limited to, 3-aza- bicyclo[4.1.0]hept-3-yl, 2-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-2-yl , 3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yl, and the like.
  • Heterobicycloaryl means bicycloaryl, as defined in this Application, provided that one or more of the atoms within the ring is a heteroatom.
  • hetero(C 4-1 o)bicycloaryl as used in this Application includes, but is not limited to, 2-amino- 4-oxo-3,4-dihydropteridin-6-yl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and the like.
  • Heterocycloalkyl means cycloalkyl, as defined in this Application, provided that one or more of the atoms forming the ring is a heteroatom selected, independently from N, O, or S.
  • heterocycloalkyl examples include piperidyl, 4-morpholyl, 4- piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, perhydropyrrolizinyl, 1,4-diazaperhydroepinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,4- dioxanyl and the like.
  • Heterocycloalkylene means cycloalkylene, as defined in this Application, provided that one or more of the ring member carbon atoms is replaced by a heteroatom.
  • Heterocycloalkylene means cycloalkylene, as defined in this Application, provided that one or more of the ring member carbon atoms is replaced by a heteroatom.
  • “Hydroxy” means the radical -OH.
  • Iminoketone derivative means a derivative comprising the moiety -C(NR)-, wherein R comprises a hydrogen or carbon atom attached to the nitrogen.
  • “Isomers” mean any compound having an identical molecular formulae but differing in the nature or sequence of bonding of their atoms or in the arrangement of their atoms in space.
  • stereoisomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “stereoisomers.”
  • Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed “diastereomers” and stereoisomers that are nonsuperimposable mirror images are termed “enantiomers” or sometimes "optical isomers.”
  • a carbon atom bonded to four nonidentical substituents is termed a “chiral center.”
  • a compound with one chiral center has two enantiomeric forms of opposite chirality.
  • a mixture of the two enantiomeric forms is termed a “racemic mixture.”
  • a compound that has more than one chiral center has 2" "1 enantiomeric pairs, where n is the number of chiral centers.
  • Compounds with more than one chiral center may exist as ether an individual diastereomer or as a mixture of diastereomers, termed a "diastereomeric mixture.”
  • a stereoisomer may be characterized by the absolute configuration of that chiral center. Absolute configuration refers to the arrangement in space of the substituents attached to the chiral center.
  • Enantiomers are characterized by the absolute configuration of their chiral centers and described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn, Ingold and Prelog.
  • leaving group means a moiety that may be displaced by nucleophilic substitution.
  • exemplary nucleophilically displaceable leaving groups include, but are not limited to halo (fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo), thio, hydroxyl, nitro, azido, phenylsulfoxido, aryloxy, alkoxy, alkylsulfonate (particularly methylsulphonyloxy), and arylsulfonate (particularly p-tolylsulphonyloxy).
  • halo fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo
  • thio hydroxyl
  • nitro azido
  • phenylsulfoxido aryloxy
  • alkoxy alkoxy
  • alkylsulfonate particularly methylsulphonyloxy
  • arylsulfonate particularly p-tolylsulphonyloxy
  • Oxaalkyl means an alkyl, as defined above, except where one or more oxygen atoms (-O-) are positioned between carbon atoms of the alkyl.
  • an (C 2- 6)oxaalkyl refers to a chain comprising between 2 and 6 carbons and one or more oxygen atoms positioned between the carbon atoms.
  • Oxoalkyl means an alkyl, further substituted with a carbonyl group.
  • the carbonyl group may be an aldehyde, ketone, ester, amide, acid, or acid chloride.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable” means that which is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable and includes that which is acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” means salts of inhibitors of the present invention which are pharmaceutically acceptable, as defined above, and which possess the desired pharmacological activity.
  • Such salts include acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, heptanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartatic acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, o-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid,
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts also include base addition salts which may be formed when acidic protons present are capable of reacting with inorganic or organic bases.
  • Acceptable inorganic bases include sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide and calcium hydroxide.
  • Acceptable organic bases include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine and the like.
  • Prodrug means a compound that is convertible in vivo metabolically into an inhibitor according to the present invention.
  • the prodrug itself may or may not also have DPP-TV inhibitory activity.
  • an inhibitor comprising a hydroxy group may be administered as an ester that is converted by hydrolysis in vivo to the hydroxy compound.
  • esters that may be converted in vivo into hydroxy compounds include acetates, citrates, lactates, tartrates, malonates, oxalates, salicylates, propionates, succinates, fumarates, maleates, methylene-bis-b-hydroxynaphthoates, gentisates, isethionates, di-p-toluoyltartrates, methanesulfonates, ethanesulfonates, benzenesulfonates, p-toluenesulfonates, cyclohexylsulfamates, quinates, esters of amino acids, and the like.
  • an inhibitor comprising an amine group may be administered as an amide that is converted by hydrolysis in vivo to the amine compound.
  • Protected derivatives means derivatives of inhibitors in which a reactive site or sites are blocked with protecting groups. Protected derivatives are useful in the preparation of inhibitors or in themselves may be active as inhibitors. A comprehensive list of suitable protecting groups can be found in T.W. Greene, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1999.
  • Substituted or unsubstituted means that a given moiety may consist of only hydrogen substituents through available valencies (unsubstituted) or may further comprise one or more non-hydrogen substituents through available valencies (substituted) that are not otherwise specified by the name of the given moiety.
  • isopropyl is an example of an ethylene moiety that is substituted by -CH 3 .
  • a non-hydrogen substituent may be any substituent that may be bound to an atom of the given moiety that is specified to be substituted.
  • substituents include, but are not limited to, aldehyde, alicyclic, aliphatic, alkyl, alkylene, alkylidene, amide, amino, aminoalkyl, aromatic, aryl, bicycloalkyl, bicycloaryl, carbamoyl, carbocyclyl, carboxyl, carbonyl group, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, ester, halo, heterobicycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylene, heteroaryl, heterobicycloaryl, heterocycloalkyl, oxo, hydroxy, iminoketone, ketone, nitro, oxaalkyl, and oxoalkyl moieties, each of which may optionally also be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Sulfinyl means the radical -SO-. It is noted that the sulfinyl radical may be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different sulfinyl groups including sulfinic acids, sulfinamides, sulfinyl esters, and sulfoxides.
  • Sulfonyl means the radical -SO 2 -. It is noted that the sulfonyl radical may be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different sulfonyl groups including sulfonic acids, sulfonamides, sulfonate esters, and sulfones.
  • “Therapeutically effective amount” means that amount which, when administered to an animal for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease.
  • “Thiocarbonyl” means the radical -CS-. It is noted that the thiocarbonyl radical may be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different thiocarbonyl groups including thioacids, thioamides, thioesters, and thioketones.
  • Treatment means any administration of a compound of the present invention and includes: ( 1 ) preventing the disease from occurring in an animal which may be predisposed to the disease but does not yet experience or display the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, (2) inhibiting the disease in an animal that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the diseased (i.e., arresting further development of the pathology and/or symptomatology), or (3) ameliorating the disease in an animal that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease (i.e., reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology) .
  • a alkyl indicates that there is one carbon atom but does not indicate what are the substituents on the carbon atom.
  • a alkyl comprises methyl (i. e. , -CH 3 ) as well as -CR a RbR c where R a , R , and R c may each independently be hydrogen or any other substituent where the atom attached to the carbon is a heteroatom or cyano.
  • CF 3 , CH 2 OH and CH 2 CN for example, are all Q alkyls.
  • the present invention relates to compounds, compositions, kits and articles of manufacture that may be used to inhibit dipeptidyl peptidases TV (referred to herein as DPP- IV).
  • DPP-TV (EC.3.4.14.5 also known as DPP4, DP4, DAP-IV, adenosine deaminase complexing protein 2, adenosine deaminase binding protein (ADAbp) or CD26) is a 766 residue, 240kDa protein that is a highly specific membrane bound non-classical serine aminodipeptidase.
  • DPP-TV has a serine type mechanism of protease activity, cleaving off dipeptides from the amino-terminus of peptides with proline or alanine at the penultimate position. In addition the slow release of dipeptides of the type X-Gly or X-Ser is reported for some naturally occurring peptides.
  • DPP-TV is constitutively expressed on epithelial and endothelial cells of a variety of different tissues (intestine, liver, lung, kidney and placenta), and is also found in body fluids. DPP-TV is also expressed on circulating T-lymphocytes and has been shown to be synonymous with the cell-surface antigen, CD-26.
  • the wild-type form of full length DPP-TV is described in GenBank Accession Number NM_001935 ("Dipeptidyl peptidase TV (CD 26) gene expression in enterocyte-like colon cancer cell lines HT-29 and Caco-2.
  • DPP-TV is a member of the S9 family of serine proteases, more particularly the S9B family.
  • Other members of the S9 family include, but are not limited to: Subfamily S9A: Dipeptidyl-peptidase; Oligopeptidase B (EC 3.4.21.83 : Oligopeptidase B; Prolyl oligopeptidase (EC 3.4.21.26); Subfamily S9B: Dipeptidyl aminopeptidase A; Dipeptidyl aminopeptidase B Dipeptidyl-peptidase TV (EC 3.4.14.5); Dipeptidyl-peptidase V Fibroblast activation protein alpha subunit; Seprase Subfamily S9C: Acylaminoacyl-peptidase (EC 3.4.19.1) [0103] It is noted that the compounds of the present invention may also possess inhibitory activity for other S9 family members and thus may be used to address disease states associated with these other family members. 1. CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF DPP-IV
  • DPP-TV is a cylindrical shaped molecule with an approximate height of 70 A and a diameter of 60 A.
  • the catalytic triad of DPP-TV (Ser642, Asp720 and His752) is located in the peptidase domain or catalytic domain of DPP-TV.
  • the catalytic domain is covalently linked to the ⁇ -propeller domain.
  • the catalytic domain of DPP-TV includes residues 1-67 and 511-778.
  • the catalytic domain of DPP-TV adopts a characteristic ⁇ / ⁇ hydrolase fold.
  • the core of this domain contains an 8-stranded ⁇ -sheet with all strands being parallel except one.
  • the ⁇ -sheet is significantly twisted and is flanked by three ⁇ -helices on one side and five ⁇ - helices on the other.
  • the topology of the ⁇ -strands is 1, 2, -lx, 2x and (lx) (J. S. Richardson: The anatomy and taxonomy of protein structure; (1981) Adv. Protein Chem. 269, 15076- 15084.).
  • a number of residues were identified that contribute to the shape and charge characteristics of the active site. Knowledge of these residues has been an important contribution to the design of DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae la or lb:
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise the compound of Formulae Ha or Db:
  • n O, 1, 2, or 3
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C 1-1 o)alkyl, amino, cyano, thio, (C 1-10 )alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, sulfonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, sulfinyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, imino (C 1-3 )alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, and
  • R 2 and R 3 , or R 2 ' and R 3 are taken together to form a ring;
  • P> is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1-1 o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted;
  • DPP-IV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae ffla or Tub:
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae TVa, TVb, TVc, TVd, TVe, or TVf :
  • n O, 1, 2, or 3;
  • each of T, U, V, W and Y is independently nitrogen or CR 16 , provided that no more than two of T, U, V, W and Y are nitrogen;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C 1-10 )alkyl, amino, cyano, thio, (C 1-1 o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, sulfonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, sulfinyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, imino (C 1-3 )alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbon
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae Va or Vb:
  • Ri is selected from the group consisting of (C 1-10 )alkyl, (C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3-12 )cycloalkyl(C 1-5 )alkyl, aryl(C 1-10 )alkyl, heteroaryl(C 1- 5)alkyl, (C 9-12 )bicycloaryl, (C 9-12 )bicycloaryl(C 1-5 )alkyl, hetero(C 8-12 )bicycloaryl, hetero(C 8-12 )bicycloaryl(C 1-5 )alkyl, carbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, sulfonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, sulfinyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, imino (
  • R 2 ' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C 1-10 )alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C 1-10 )alkyl, (C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, aryl(C 1 _ 1 o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C 1-5 )alkyl, (
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1-10 )alkyl, (C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, (C -12 )cycloalkyl(C 1-5 )alkyl, hetero(C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3-12 )cycloalkyl(C 1-5 )alkyl, aryl(C 1-1 o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C 1-5 )alkyl, (C 9-1 )bicycloaryl, (C 9-1 )bicyc ⁇ oaryl(C 1-5 )alkyl, hetero(C 4-12 )bicycloaryl, hetero(C 8-12 )bicycloaryl(C ⁇ -5 )alkyl, carbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, sulfonyl (C 1-10 )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, sulf
  • L is a linker providing 0-6 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached; and X is selected from the group consisting of (C 1-1 o)alkyl, (C 3-1 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, aryl(C 1-1 o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C 1-5 )alkyl, (C 9-12 )bicycloaryl, hetero(C -1 )bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl,
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae Vila or VRb:
  • n O, 1, 2, or 3;
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1-1 o)alkyl, (C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, (C 3-12 )cycloalkyl(C 1 .
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae Villa or VTJb:
  • n O, 1, 2, or 3;
  • each of T, U, V, W, and Y is independently nitrogen or CR 16 , provided that no more than two of T, U, V, W, and Y are nitrogen;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1-10 )alkyl, (C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, (C 3-12 )cycloalkyl(C 1-5 )alkyl, hetero(C 3-1 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3-1 )cycloalkyl(C 1-5 )alkyl, aryl(C 1 - ⁇ o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C 1-5 )alkyl, (C 9-12 )bicycloaryl, (C 9-12 )bicycloaryl(C 1-5 )alkyl, hetero(C -12 )bicycloaryl, hetero(C 8 .
  • R 2 ' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C 1-1 o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C 1-1 o)alkyl, (C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, aryl(C 1-10 )alkyl, hetero
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae XIa or XTb:
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1-10 )alkyl, (C 3- ⁇ )cycloalkyl, (C 3-12 )cycloalkyl(C 1-5 )alkyl, hetero(C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3- ⁇ 2 )cycloalkyl(C 1-5 )alkyl, aryl(C 1-10 )alkyl, heteroaryl(C 1-5 )alkyl, (C 9-12 )bicycloaryl, (C 9- ⁇ 2 )bicycloaryl(C ⁇ -5 )alkyl, hetero(C -12 )bicycloaryl, hetero Cs- ⁇ bicycloaryl Ci ⁇ alk l, carbonyl (C ⁇ -3 )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C ⁇ -3 )alkyl, sulfony
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae XHIa or XlJJb:
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae XTVa, XTVb, XTVc, XTVd, XTVe, or XTVf:
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae XVa or XVb:
  • L provides 0, 1 , 2, or 3 atom separation between X and the ring. In another variation of the above embodiment, L provides 0 or 1 atom separation between X and the ring. In still variation of the above embodiment, L provides 0 atom separation between X and the ring. In yet another variation of the above embodiment, X is selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl.
  • the synthetic intermediates comprise Formulae XVIa or XVIb:
  • Z' is a leaving group;
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1-10 )alkyl, (C 3- i 2 )cycloalkyl, (C 3-12 )cycloalkyl(C ⁇ .
  • Z is not alkyl, alkylthio, NNH, NH 2 , H, H 2 N-C(O)-NH, cyano, alkoxy, or 2-trimethylsilyl-l-oxazolidinone (TMSO) when -LX is benzyl.
  • TMSO 2-trimethylsilyl-l-oxazolidinone
  • Z' is not halo when -LX is alkyl.
  • Z' may optionally be selected from the group consisting of halo, nitro, azido, phenylsulfoxido, aryloxy, alkoxy, alkylsulfonate, and arylsulfonate.
  • Z' may optionally be selected from the group consisting of halo, thio, hydroxyl, p-tolylsulphonyloxy and methylsulphonyloxy.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where L is a linker providing 0, 1, 2, or 3 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached. In another variation, L provides 0 atom separation between X and the ring. In yet another variation, L provides 0, 1, 2, or 3 atom separation between X and the ring. In still another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where L is a linker providing 1 , 2, or 3 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached.
  • the atoms of the linker providing the separation may optionally be selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
  • the 1, 2, or 3 atoms of L providing the separation comprise and optionally consist of carbon atoms.
  • the 1, 2, or 3 atoms of L providing the separation may also be selected from a group of linkers consisting of at least one oxygen, or at least one nitrogen atom.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where L provides 1 atom separation between X and the ring.
  • the 1 atom separation may optionally be provided by a carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur atom.
  • L is a carbonyl.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where L is selected from the group consisting of (C 1-10 )alkyl, (C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, aryl(C 1-10 )alkyl, heteroaryl(C 1-5 )alkyl, (C 9-12 )bicycloaryl, hetero(C 4-12 )bicycloaryl, carbonyl
  • the present invention comprises compounds where L is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -CHR 12 -, -C(R 12 )(R 12 >)-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -C(NH)-, -C(NR 12 )-, -O-, -N(H) ⁇ , -N(R 12 )-, and -S- where R 12 and R 12 > are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(C 1 .
  • the present invention comprises compounds where L is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -C(O)-, -CH 2 C(O)-, -C(O)CH 2 -, -CH 2 -C(O)CH 2 -, -C(O)CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 C(O)-, -O-, -OCH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -CH 2 OCH 2 -, -OCH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 O-, -N(CH 3 )-, -NHCH 2 -, -CH 2 NH-, -CH 2 NHCH 2 -, -NHCH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 NH-, -NH-C(O)-, -NCH 3 -C(O)-, -C(O)
  • the present invention comprises compounds where L is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -C(O)-, -CH 2 C(O)-, -C(O)CH 2 -, -CH 2 -C(O)CH 2 -, -C(O)CH 2 CH 2 -, and -CH 2 CH 2 C(O)-.
  • L is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -C(O)-, -CH 2 C(O)-, -C(O)CH 2 -, -CH 2 -C(O)CH 2 CH 2 -, and -CH 2 CH 2 C(O)-.
  • the 0-6 atom separation refers to the direct linear linkage between the ring and X. As such, branching along the 0-6 atom separation is permitted as is clear from the variations described.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where X is selected from the group consisting of (C ⁇ . ⁇ o)alkyl, (C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, aryl(C 1-10 )alkyl, heteroaryl(C 1-5 )alkyl, (C 9-12 )bicycloaryl, hetero(C 4-12 )bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, sulfonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, sulfinyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, imino (C 1-3 )alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl
  • the present invention comprises compounds where X is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, and heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where X is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl.
  • X may be a substituted or unsubstituted (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl or a substituted or unsubstituted
  • the present invention comprises compounds where X is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl.
  • X may be a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where X is a ring having a non-hydrogen substituent at a 2 or 3 position of the ring.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where X has a non-hydrogen substituent at a 2 or 3 position of the ring where the non-hydrogen substituent is selected from the group consisting of (C ⁇ - ⁇ 0 )alkyl, (C 3- ⁇ )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3- ⁇ 2 )cycloalkyl, aryl(C 1-1 o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C 1-5 )alkyl, (C 9-12 )bicycloaryl, hetero(C 8-12 )bicycloaryl, carbonyl
  • (C 1-3 )alkyl thiocarbonyl (C ⁇ -3 )alkyl, sulfonyl (C ⁇ -3 )alkyl, sulfinyl (C ⁇ -3 )alkyl, imino (Ci -3 )alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, nitro, halo, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • X is selected from the group consisting of (2- cyano)phenyl; (3-cyano)phenyl; (2-hydroxy)phenyl; (3-hydroxy)phenyl; (2-alkenyl)phenyl; (3- alkenyl)phenyl; (2-alkyny ⁇ )phenyl; (3-alkynyl)phenyl; (2-methoxy)phenyl; (3- methoxy)phenyl; (2-nitro)phenyl; (3-nitro)phenyl; (2-carboxy)phenyl; (3-carboxy)phenyl;
  • A is S, O, or NR 21 ;
  • B is CR 20 , or N;
  • R 2 o is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C ⁇ - ⁇ o)alkyl, amino, thio, cyano, CF 3 , nitro, (C ⁇ . ⁇ o)aikyl, (C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3- ⁇ 2 )cycloalkyl, aryl(C ⁇ _ ⁇ o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C 1-5 )alkyl, (C 9-12 )bicycloaryl, hetero(C 8-12 )bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, imino group, carbonyl group, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, aryls
  • the present invention comprises compounds where X is selected from the group consisting of wherein t is O, 1, 2, or 3; and each R 7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C 1-1 o)alkyl, CF 3 , (C 1-10 )alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where X is selected from the group consisting of
  • each R 7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C 1-10 )alkyl, CF 3 , (C 1-10 )alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • R 7 may independently be selected from the group consisting of -cyano, -methoxy, -nitro, -carboxy, -sulfonamido, -tetrazolyl, -aminomethyl, -hydroxymethyl, -phenyl, -halo, -CONH 2 , -CONH(C 1-7 )alkyl, -CO 2 (C 1-7 )alkyl, -NH , -OH, -(C 1-5 )alkyl, -alkenyl, -alkynyl, -CCH, (C 1- 5)cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where -LX is -ORn, where R ⁇ is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, and heterobicycloaryl.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where -L-X taken together is selected from the group consisting of -(CH 2 )-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH )-(3- cyano)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(3-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(2- alkenyl)phenyl; ⁇ (CH 2 )-(3-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(2-alkynyl)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(3- alkynyl)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(2-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(3-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH 2 )- (2-nitro)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(3-nitro)phenyl; -(CH 2 )- (2-nitro)phenyl
  • the present invention comprises compounds where -LX is selected from the group consisting of -(C alkyl-aryl, -(C alkyl-bicycloaryl, -aminoaryl, - aminoheteroaryl, -aminobicycloaryl, -aminoheterobicycloaryl, -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, -O- bicycloaryl, -O-heterobicycloaryl, -(S)-aryl, -(S)-heteroaryl, -(S)-bicycloaryl, -S- heterobicycloaryl, -C(O)-aryl, -C(O)-heteroaryl, - C(O)-bicycloaryl, - C(O)-heterobicycloaryl, -C(S)-aryl, -C(S)-heteroaryl, -C(S)-heteroaryl,
  • the present invention comprises compounds where Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C ⁇ - ⁇ 0 )alkyl, amino, cyano, thio, (C ⁇ - ⁇ 0 )alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl (C ⁇ -3 )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C ⁇ _ 3 )alkyl, sulfonyl (C ⁇ -3 )alkyl, sulfinyl (C ⁇ -3 )alkyl, imino (C ⁇ -3 )alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C ⁇ - ⁇ 0
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of (C 3- i 2 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3- ⁇ 2 )cycloalkyl, aryl(Ci.io)alkyl, heteroaryl ( ⁇ alkyl, (C 9- ⁇ 2 )bicycloaryl, and hetero(C 8- ⁇ 2 )bicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where Z is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Z is a substituted or unsubstituted 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring.
  • Z is a substituted or unsubstituted 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered cycloalkyl.
  • Z is a substituted or unsubstituted 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered heterocycloalkyl.
  • Z is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
  • Z is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
  • Z is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
  • Z comprises a substituted or unsubstituted (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl ring. Z may also optionally comprise O, N(O), N, S, SO, SO 2 , or a carbonyl group in the ring. [0152] In another variation, Z is -NR 9 R ⁇ o where R 9 and R 10 together are -(CH 2 ) 4 - 6 , with or without being interrupted by one O, S, SO, SO 2 , carbonyl group, N(O), NH, N-(aryl),
  • Z is -NR 9 R 10 , where R 9 is selected from the group consisting of (C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3- i2)cycloalkyl, (C 6-12 )aryl, hetero(C 5-12 )aryl,
  • R 10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a substituted or unsubstituted (C ⁇ -8 )alkyl.
  • Z is -NR 9 R 10 , where R 9 and R 10 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted 5, 6, or 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or heterobicycloaryl.
  • R 9 and R 10 are taken together to form a pyrrole, pyrazole, triazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, indole, isoindole, piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, homopiperazine, azetidine, and hexahydroazepine, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of
  • each R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C 1-10 )alkyl, CF 3 , cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of:
  • each R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C ⁇ . ⁇ o)alkyl, CF 3 , cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of (C 9- ⁇ 2 )bicycloaryl and hetero(C - ⁇ 2 )bicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Z is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, triazole, isoxazole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, oxadiazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, triazine, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, benzothiophene, isobenzothiophene, imidazole, benzimidazole, indole, isoindole, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, quinazoline, naphthyridine, pyridopyridine, quinoxaline, phthalazine, andbenzothiazole, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl, 3-aminoazetidin-l-yl, 3-amino-3- methylpiperidin-1-yl, 3-aminocyclopent-l-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclopent-l-yl, 3- aminomethylcyclohex-1-yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin- 1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, R-3-aminopiperidin-l-yl, R-3-amino-3- methylpiperidin-1-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino- pyrroli
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, thio, and hydroxyl.
  • Ri is selected from the group consisting of (C ⁇ . ⁇ o)alkyl, (C 3- ⁇ 2 )cycloalkyl, (C 3- i2)cycloalkyl(C ⁇ -5 )alkyl, hetero(C 3- ⁇ 2 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3- ⁇ 2 )cycloalkyl(C 1-5 )alkyl, aryl(C 1-10 )alkyl, heteroaryl(C 1-5 )alkyl, (C 9-12 )bicycloaryl, (C 9- ⁇ 2 )bicycloaryl(C 1-5 )alkyl, hetero(C 8- ⁇ 2 )bicycloaryl, hetero(C 8- ⁇ 2 )bicycloaryl(C 1-5 )alkyl, carbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, sulfonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, sulf
  • A is S, O, or NR 2 ⁇ ;
  • B is CR 20 or N;
  • R 20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C 1-10 )alkyl, amino, thio, cyano, CF 3 , nitro, (C 1- ⁇ 0 )alkyl, (C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3- ⁇ 2 )cycloalkyl, aryl(C ⁇ - ⁇ o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C ⁇ -5 )alkyl, (C 9- ⁇ 2 )bicycloaryl, hetero(C 8- ⁇ 2 )bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C ⁇ -3 )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, imino group, carbonyl group, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, ⁇ erhalo(C 1- ⁇ o)alkyl, CF 3 , (C ⁇ - ⁇ 0 )alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Ri is selected from the group consisting of: wherein t is O, 1, 2, or 3; and each R 7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C ⁇ - ⁇ o)alkyl, CF 3 , (C ⁇ - ⁇ o)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • R 5 and R 6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (C ⁇ -10 )alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (C ⁇ . ⁇ o)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R 5 and R 6 are taken together to form a ring.
  • R 5 and R 6 are taken together to form a ring.
  • at least one of R 5 and R 6 is a substituted or unsubstituted -(C ⁇ -8 )alkyleneR ⁇ 7 , wherein R ⁇ is selected from the group consisting of (C 3- i 2 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C -i 2 )cycloalkyl, (C 6 - ⁇ 2 )aryl, hetero(C 5- ⁇ 2 )aryl, (C 9- ⁇ 2 )bicycloalkyl, hetero(C 9-12 )bicycloalkyl, (C 9-12 )bicycloaryl and hetero(C 8-12 )bicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • R 5 and R 6 is optionally substituted by one to three radicals selected from the group consisting of (C ⁇ -6 )alkyl, cyano, halo, nitro, halo-substituted(C ⁇ -6 )alkyl, -NR 18 R ⁇ 8 , -NR ⁇ 8 C(O)OR ⁇ 8 , -NR ⁇ 8 C(O)NR ⁇ 8 R ⁇ 8 , -NRi 8 C(NRi 8 )NR 18 Ri 8 , -ORj 8 , -SR ⁇ 8 , -C(O)OR ⁇ 8 , -C(O)NR ⁇ 8 R 18 , -S(O) 2 NR 18 R 18 , -P(O)(OR 18 )OR 18 , -OP(O)(OR 18 )ORi 8 , -NR ⁇ 8 C(O)R 18 , -S(O)R 18 , -S(O) 2 R 18 , -(
  • each R 18 substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a substituted or unsubstituted (C 1-8 )alkyl.
  • At least one of R 5 and R 6 is optionally substituted by one to three radicals selected from the group consisting of -NH 2 ,
  • the present invention comprises compounds where R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen. In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen and n is 1 or 2.
  • R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen and each R 7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C 1-1 o)alkyl, CF 3 , (C 1-10 )alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen and two R 7 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted, fused or bridged ring
  • the present invention comprises compounds where R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen and two R 7 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused or bridged ring.
  • two R 7 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring.
  • two R 7 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted bridged ring.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where R 5 and
  • R 6 are hydrogen, n is 1, and R 7 is 2-cyano.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen and R 7 is 2-cyano.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where n is 1 ,
  • R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen; and each R 7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C ⁇ - ⁇ 0 )alkyl, CF 3 , heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where n is 1 or 2; Z is selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring; and R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen.
  • SUBSTITUENT O is selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring; and R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen.
  • R t is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1-10 )alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO and SO 2 .
  • R t is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, and heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • R 2 , R 2 ', and R 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C 1-1 o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C 1- ⁇ o)alkyl, alkene, alkyne, (C 3- ⁇ 2 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3- ⁇ 2 )cycloalkyl, aryl(C 1-1 o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C 1-5 )alkyl, (C 9 .
  • At least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is hydrogen. In another variation, at least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is selected from the group consisting of -NH 2 , -NHCH 3 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -NHC ⁇ -3 -alkyl, and -N(C ⁇ -3 alkyl)2, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • R 2 and/or R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C 1-1 o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C 1-10 )alkyl, (C 3-1 2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, aryl(C ⁇ . ⁇ o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C ⁇ .
  • At least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is selected from the group consisting of a (C 2- ⁇ 0 )alkenyl; an amino, (C ⁇ . ⁇ o)alkyl, or alkoxy carbonyl (C ⁇ -3 )alkenyl; an amino, (C 1-10 )alkyl ,or alkoxy thiocarbonyl (C 1-3 )alkenyl; an amino, (C 1-10 )alkyl, or alkoxy sulfonyl (C 1 .
  • alkenyl an amino, (C 1-10 )alkyl, or alkoxy sulfinyl (C 1-3 )alkenyl; an amino, (C 1-10 )alkyl, or alkoxy imino (C 1-3 )alkenyl; an aryl (C 1-5 )alkenyl; and a heteroaryl (C 1-5 ) alkenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • At least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is selected from the group consisting of a (C 2-10 )alkynyl; an amino, (C 1-10 )alkyl, or alkoxy carbonyl (C 1-3 )alkynyl; an amino, (C 1-10 )alkyl, or alkoxy thiocarbonyl (C 1-3 )alkynyl; an amino, (C 1-10 )alkyl, or alkoxy sulfonyl (C 1-3 )alkynyl; an amino, (C 1-10 )alkyl, or alkoxy sulfinyl (C ⁇ -3 )alkynyl; an amino, (C ⁇ - ⁇ o)alkyl, or alkoxy imino (C ⁇ -3 )alkynyl; an aryl (C ⁇ -5 ) alkynyl; and heteroaryl (C ⁇ -5 )alkynyl, each
  • At least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl. In yet another variation, at least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted (C 3-7 )heterocycloalkyl.
  • At least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In yet another variation, at least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In another variation, at least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is selected from the group consisting of 2-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorostyryl, 2-methoxyphenyl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, imidazolyl, and 3-furanyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • At least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
  • at least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, -CF 3 , and hydroxy.
  • at least one of R 2 and R 2 ' is hydrogen or hydroxyl.
  • R 2 ' and/or R 3 is selected from the group consisting of I, Br, CI, and F.
  • At least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is -OR ⁇ 3 where R ⁇ 3 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, and heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • At least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is a carbonyl group. In another variation, at least one of R 2 , R2', and/or R 3 is selected from the group consisting of an aldehyde, acid, amide, and ester. In another variation, R 2 and/or R 3 is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl, piperidin-1-ylcarbonyl, and morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • R 2 ' and/or R 3 is selected from the group consisting of -SH, -SCH 3 , and -S(C 1-3 )alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • at least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is -NR 14 Ri 5 where R 14 is selected from the group consisting of (C 3- i 2 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C 3-12 )cycloalkyl, (C 6-1 2)aryl, hetero(C 5-12 )aryl, (C 9-12 )bicycloaryl and hetero(C 8-12 )bicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted, and R 15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a substituted or unsubstituted (C 1-8 )alkyl, and where R 14 and R 15 together are -(CH 2 ) -5 - optionally interrupted by one O, S, NH, or - N(C 1-3 )
  • At least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is selected from the group consisting of a (C 1-3 )alkyl; an amino, (Cw ⁇ alkyl, or alkoxy carbonyl (C ⁇ - )alkyl; an amino, (C 1-1 o)alkyl, or alkoxy thiocarbonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl; an amino, (C 1-1 o)alkyl, or alkoxy sulfonyl (C 1-3 )alkyl; an amino, (C 1-10 )alkyl, or alkoxy sulfinyl (C 1-3 )alkyl; an amino, (C 1-10 )alkyl, or alkoxy imino (C 1-3 )alkyl; an aryl (C 1-5 )alkyl; and a heteroaryl (C 1-5 )alkyl, each unsubstituted or substituted.
  • At least one of R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is selected from the group consisting of l,2-dihydro-2-oxo-pyridinyl-, l,4-dihydro-4-oxo-pyridinyl-, 2,3- dihydro-3-oxo-pyridazinyl-, l,2,3,6-tetrahydro-3,6-dioxo-pyridazinyl-, l,2-dihydro-2-oxo- pyrimidinyl-, 3,4-dmydro-4-oxo-pyrimidinyl-, l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,4-dioxo-pyrimidinyl-, 1,2- dihydro-2-oxo-pyrazinyl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,3-dioxo-pyrazinyl-, 2,3-dihydro
  • R 2 , R 2 ', and/or R 3 is not hydrogen. In another variation, R 2 and R 3 , or R 2 ' and R 3 are not hydrogen.
  • R 2 or R 2 ' is selected from the group consisting of 2- fluorophenyl, styryl, 4-fluorostyryl, 2-methoxyphenyl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, imidazolyl, and 3- furanyl each unsubstituted or substituted
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1-10 )alkyl, and aryl, each unsubstituted or substituted.
  • R 2 or R 2 ' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, carboxyl, cyano, -CH 3 and hydroxy
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1-10 )alkyl, and aryl, each unsubstituted or substituted.
  • R 2 or R 2 ' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, carboxyl, cyano, -CH 3 and hydroxy
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl and aryl, each unsubstituted or substituted.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where R 2 or R 3 is selected from the group consisting of -NH 2 , -NHCH 3 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -NHC 1-3 -alkyl, and -N(C 1-3 - alkyl) 2 each unsubstituted or substituted; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminoazetidin- 1 -yl,
  • the present invention comprises compounds where Q is CO; and Ri is selected from the group consisting of -(CH 2 )-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(2-hydroxy) ⁇ henyl; -(CH 2 )-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
  • the present invention comprises compounds where Q is CO; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, 3-ammoazetidin- 1-yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminocyclopent- 1-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclopent- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex- 1 -yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, R-3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino-
  • the present invention comprises compounds where Q is SO; and Ri is selected from the group consisting of -(CH 2 )-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(3-cyano)phenyl; ⁇ (CH 2 )-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
  • the present invention comprises compounds where Q is SO; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl, 3-aminoazetidin-l-yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l-yl, 3-aminocyclopent- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethylcyclopent- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex- 1-yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, R-3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclocyclocyclohex
  • the present invention comprises compounds where Q is SO 2 ; and R] is selected from the group consisting of -(CH 2 )-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
  • the present invention comprises compounds where Q is SO 2 ; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminoazetidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminocyclopent-l-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclopent-l-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex-l-yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, R-3-aminopiperidin-l-yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino-
  • the present invention comprises compounds where Q is CO; -L-X together are selected from the group consisting of -(CH 2 )-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH )-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl, 3-aminoazetidin-l-yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l-yl, 3-aminocyclopent-l-yl,
  • 3-aminomefhylcyclopent- 1 -yl 3-aminomethylcyclohex- 1 -yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, R-3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the present invention comprises compounds where Q is SO; -L-X together are selected from the group consisting of -(CH 2 )-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH )-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
  • the present invention comprises compounds where Q is SO 2 ; -L-X together are selected from the group consisting of -(CH 2 )-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH 2 )-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH )-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
  • Compounds according to any one of Formulas I-XVI may be such that R 2 and R 3 , or R 2 ' and R 3 are taken together to form an unsubstituted or substituted 5 or 6 membered ring.
  • the ring formed may be a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl or a heteroaryl ring.
  • the ring formed is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and may optionally be selected from the group consisting of pyrrole, pyrazole, triazole, isoxazole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, oxadiazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, indole, isoindole, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, quinazoline, naphthyridine, pyridopyridine, quinoxaline, phthalazine, benzothiazole, thiophene, furan and pyran.
  • the ring formed is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl and may be optionally selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, tetrahydrothiophene, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxolanyl, and oxepanyl.
  • R 2 and R 3 , or R ' and R may optionally be taken together to form a 5 or 6- membered ring where the ring comprises at least one CO group.
  • the 5 or 6-membered ring formed by R 2 and R 3 , or R 2 ' and R 3 may also optionally comprise 1-3 nitrogen ring atoms.
  • the 5 or 6-membered ring comprises a sulfur ring atom.
  • the 5 or 6-membered ring comprises a sulfur ring atom that is in an oxidized form as SO or
  • the ring formed by taking R 2 and R 3 , or R 2 ' and R 3 together may also optionally comprise substituents that form a ring fused to the ring formed by R 2 and R 3 , or R 2 ' and R 3 .
  • the fused ring may be further substituted or unsubstituted, and may be a saturated or unsaturated ring.
  • the fused ring is a heterocyclic ring.
  • the ring formed by taking R 2 and R 3 , or R 2 ' and R 3 together may also be further substituted such that a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 membered bridging ring is formed with the 5 or 6 membered ring.
  • the 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 membered ring may be further substituted or unsubstituted, and may be a saturated or unsaturated ring.
  • the 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 membered bridged ring may be a heterocyclic ring.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may optionally comprise the formulae:
  • j, k, m, n are each independently selected from the group of moieties where the ring atom is either C or N; and the other substituents are as otherwise specified herein.
  • j, k, m and/or n is CR 22 , where R 22 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C ⁇ . ⁇ o)alkyl, CF 3 , cyano, nitro, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, a carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstit
  • k is CR 22 where R 22 is independently selected from the group consisting of chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, methoxy, morpholin-4-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, and heteroaryloxy, each substituted or unsubstituted.
  • j, k, m, and n each comprise a carbon ring atom.
  • j comprises a nitrogen ring atom.
  • k comprises a nitrogen ring atom.
  • m comprises a nitrogen ring atom.
  • n comprises a nitrogen ring atom.
  • j and m each comprise a nitrogen ring atom or j and k each comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, k and m each comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, k and n each comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In yet another variation, j and n each comprise a nitrogen ring atom, or m and n each comprise a nitrogen ring atom.
  • At least two of j, k, m and n comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, at least three of j, k, m and n comprise a nitrogen ring atom.
  • the ring formed by j, k, m, n may comprise substituents that form a ring fused to or bridged to the ring formed by j, k, m, n.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors may comprise the formulae illustrated below
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also optionally comprise one of the below formulae:
  • each R 23 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C ⁇ - ⁇ o)alkyl, CF 3 , cyano, nitro, alkyl, alkene, alkyne, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, with the proviso that R 23 is not alkylthio, arylthio, halo, cyano, nitro, and thio in the case where the ring atom to which R 2 is bound is nitrogen; and the other substituents are as otherwise
  • two R 23 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused, bridged or spiro ring.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also optionally comprise the below formulae:
  • p, q, and r are each independently selected from the group of moieties where the ring atom is either C, N, O or S; and the other substituents are as otherwise specified herein.
  • At least one of p, q, and r is CO. In another variation, at least one of p, q, and r is SO. In another variation, at least one of p, q, and r is SO 2 . In another variation, at least one of p, q, and r comprises a ring nitrogen atom. In yet another variation, at least two of p, q, and r comprises a ring nitrogen atom.
  • q and r are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted bridged ring relative to the ring formed by p, q, and r.
  • two of p, q, and r are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring fused to the ring formed by p, q, and r.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also optionally comprise one of the below formulae:
  • each R 23 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C ⁇ - ⁇ o)alkyl, CF 3 , cyano, nitro, alkyl, alkene, alkyne, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, with the proviso that R 23 is not alkylthio, arylthio, halo, cyano, nitro, and thio in the case where the ring atom to which R 23 is bound is nitrogen; and the other substituents are as otherwise
  • two R 23 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted bridged or spiro ring.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also optionally comprise one of the below formulae:
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise one of the above formulae wherein r and/or q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO or SO 2 .
  • q comprises a ring nitrogen atom.
  • p comprises a ring nitrogen atom.
  • r comprises a ring nitrogen atom.
  • at least two of p, q, and r comprise a ring nitrogen atom.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also optionally comprise one of the below formulae:
  • j, k, m, n are each independently selected from the group of moieties where the ring atom is either C, N, O or S; and the other substituents are as otherwise specified herein.
  • j, k, m and n each comprise a carbon ring atom. In another variation, at least one of j, k, m and n comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, j and k each comprises a nitrogen ring atom or j and k each comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, k and m each comprises a nitrogen ring atom or k and n each comprises a nitrogen atom. In yet another variation, j and n each comprises a nitrogen ring atom or m and n each comprise a nitrogen ring atom.
  • At least two of j, k, m and n comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In yet another variation, at least three of j, k, m and n comprise a nitrogen ring atom. [0222] In another variation of the invention, at least one of j, k, m and n is CO. In another variation, at least one of j, k, m and n is SO. In yet another variation, at least one of j, k, m and n is SO 2 .
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also optionally comprise the below formulae:
  • j, k, m, n are each independently selected from the group of moieties where the ring atom is either C, N, O or S; and the other substituents are as otherwise specified herein.
  • At least one of j, k, m and n is CO. In another variation, at least one of j, k, m and n is SO. In yet another variation, at least one of j, k, m and n is SO 2 .
  • j, k, m and n each comprise a carbon ring atom.
  • j comprises a nitrogen ring atom.
  • k comprises a nitrogen ring atom.
  • m comprises a nitrogen ring atom.
  • n comprises a nitrogen ring atom.
  • j and k each comprise a nitrogen ring atom or j and m each comprise a nitrogen ring atom.
  • k and m each comprise a nitrogen ring atom or k and n each comprise a nitrogen atom.
  • j and n each comprise a nitrogen ring atom or m and n each comprise a nitrogen ring atom.
  • at least two of j, k, m and n comprise a nitrogen ring atom.
  • at least three of j, k, m and n comprise a nitrogen ring atom.
  • the ring formed by j , k, m, and n comprises substituents that form a ring fused to the ring formed by j, k, m, and n.
  • the ring formed by j, k, m, and n comprises substituents that form a bridged ring relative to the ring formed by j, k, m, and n.
  • M is a moiety providing 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 atom separation between R ⁇ 9 and the ring to which M is attached. In one variation, M provides 1, 2, 3, or 4 atom separation between R ⁇ 9 and the ring. In another variation, M provides 1, 2, or 3 atom separation between R ⁇ 9 and the ring.
  • M is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -C(O)-, -CH 2 C(O)-, -C(O)CH 2 -, -CH 2 -C(O)CH 2 -, -C(O)CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 C(O)-, -O-, -OCH 2 -, -CH2O-, -CH 2 OCH 2 -, -OCH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 O-, -N(CH 3 )-, -NHCH 2 -, -CH2NH-, -CH2NHCH2-, -NHCH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 NH-, -NH-C(O)-, -NCH 3 -C(O)-, -C(O)NH-, -C(O)NC
  • R ⁇ 9 comprises a basic nitrogen atom that is capable of interacting with a carboxylic acid side chain of an active site residue of a protein.
  • R ⁇ is selected from the group consisting of a primary, secondary, or tertiary amine, a heterocycloalkyl comprising a nitrogen ring atom, and a heteroaryl comprising a nitrogen ring atom.
  • R ⁇ 9 is selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring wherein at least one substituent is selected from the group consisting of a primary, secondary, or tertiary amine, a heterocycloalkyl comprising a nitrogen ring atom, and a heteroaryl comprising a nitrogen ring atom.
  • the basic nitrogen of R ⁇ 9 is separated from the ring atom to which M is attached by between 1-5 atoms.
  • the basic nitrogen of R ⁇ 9 forms part of a primary, secondary, or tertiary amine.
  • R 19 is selected from the group consisting of a heterocycloalkyl comprising a nitrogen ring atom or a heteroaryl comprising a nitrogen ring atom.
  • -MR 19 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • each R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C ⁇ - ⁇ o)alkyl, CF 3 , cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, with the proviso that at least one R 8 includes the basic nitrogen of R ⁇ 9 .
  • -MR ⁇ 9 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • each R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Ci-io)alkyl, CF 3 , cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, with the proviso that at least one R 8 includes the basic nitrogen of R 19 .
  • At least one R 8 is a primary, secondary, or tertiary amine. In another particular variation, at least one R 8 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl comprising a nitrogen ring atom or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl comprising a nitrogen ring atom. In still another variation, at least one R 8 is selected from the group consisting of -NH 2 , -NH(C 1-5 alkyl), -N(C ⁇ _ 5 alkyl) 2 , piperazine, imidazole, and pyridine. Particular examples of synthetic intermediates
  • particular examples of synthetic intermediates useful for the production of DPP-TV inhibitors according to the present invention include, but are not limited to: 2-(6-Chloro-2-oxo-2H-pyridin- 1 -ylmethyl)-benzonitrile; and 2-(3-Bromo-6-chloro-2-oxo-2H-pyridin- 1 -ylmethyl)-benzonitrile.
  • Particular examples of DPP-IV inhibitors include, but are not limited to: 2-(6-Chloro-2-oxo-2H-pyridin- 1 -ylmethyl)-benzonitrile; and 2-(3-Bromo-6-chloro-2-oxo-2H-pyridin- 1 -ylmethyl)-benzonitrile.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors include, but are not limited to: (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)methyl) benzonitrile; (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl)-3-bromo-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)- yl)methyl)benzonitrile; (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- l-yl)-2-oxo-3-(pyridin-3-yl)pyridin- 1 (2H)- yl)methyl)benzonitrile; (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl)-2-oxo-3-(prop- 1 -ynyl)pyridin- 1 (2H)- yl)methyl)benzonitrile; and (R,
  • the present invention provides the compounds in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • the present invention provides the compounds present in a mixture of stereoisomers. In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides the compounds as a single stereoisomer.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compound as an active ingredient.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions wherein the composition is a solid formulation adapted for oral administration.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical composition wherein the composition is a tablet.
  • the present invention provides the pharmaceutical composition wherein the composition is a liquid formulation adapted for oral administration.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical composition wherein the composition is a liquid formulation adapted for parenteral administration.
  • the present invention provides the pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the invention wherein the composition is adapted for administration by a route selected from the group consisting of orally, parenterally, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intraarterially, transdermally, sublingually, intramuscularly, rectally, transbuccally, intranasally, liposomally, via inhalation, vaginally, intraoccularly, via local delivery (for example by catheter or stent), subcutaneously, intraadiposally, intraarticularly, and intrathecally.
  • the present invention provides a kit comprising a compound of the present invention and instructions which comprise one or more forms of information selected from the group consisting of indicating a disease state for which the compound is to be administered, storage information for the compound, dosing information and instructions regarding how to administer the compound.
  • the present invention provides the kit that comprises the compound in a multiple dose form.
  • the present invention provides an article of manufacture comprising a compound of the present invention, and packaging materials.
  • the packaging material comprises a container for housing the compound.
  • the invention provides the article of manufacture wherein the container comprises a label indicating one or more members of the group consisting of a disease state for which the compound is to be administered, storage information, dosing information and/or instructions regarding how to administer the composition.
  • the present invention provides the article of manufacture wherein the article of manufacture comprises the compound in a multiple dose form.
  • the present invention provides a method of inhibiting DPP-TV comprising contacting DPP-TV with a compound according to the present invention.
  • the present invention provides a method of inhibiting DPP-TV comprising causing a compound according to the present invention to be present in a subject in order to inhibit DPP-TV in vivo.
  • the present invention provides a method of inhibiting DPP-TV comprising: administering a first compound to a subject that is converted in vivo to a second compound wherein the second compound inhibits DPP-TV in vivo, the second compound being a compound of the present invention.
  • the present invention provides therapeutic method comprising: administering a compound according to the present invention to a subject.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating a disease state for which DPP-TV possesses activity that contributes to the pathology and/or symptomology of the disease state, the method comprising causing a compound of the present invention to be present in a subject in a therapeutically effective amount for the disease state.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating a disease where the disease is type I or type U diabetes.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating cancer where the cancer treated is colorectal, prostate, breast, thyroid, skin, lung, or head and neck.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating autoimmune disorders such as, but not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, and multiple sclerosis in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating a condition characterized by inadequate lymphocyte or hemapoietic cell activation or concentration in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating a condition characterized by inadequate lymphocyte or hemapoietic cell activation or concentration in a patient in need thereof, wherein the condition is a side effect of chemotherapy or radiation therapy.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating a condition characterized by inadequate lymphocyte or hemapoietic cell activation or concentration in a patient in need thereof, wherein the condition is a result of kidney failure.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating a condition characterized by inadequate lymphocyte or hemapoietic cell activation or concentration in a patient in need thereof, wherein the condition is a result of a bone marrow disorder.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating HTV infection in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating a condition characterized by immunodeficiency symptoms in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be present and optionally administered in the form of salts, hydrates and prodrugs that are converted in vivo into the compounds of the present invention.
  • the compounds of the present invention possess a free base form
  • the compounds can be prepared as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt by reacting the free base form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acid, e.g., hydrohalides such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide; other mineral acids and their corresponding salts such as sulfate, nitrate, phosphate, etc.; and alkyl and monoarylsulfonates such as ethanesulfonate, toluenesulfonate and benzenesulfonate; and other organic acids and their corresponding salts such as acetate, tartrate, maleate, succinate, citrate, benzoate, salicylate and ascorbate.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acid e.g., hydrohalides such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide
  • other mineral acids and their corresponding salts such as sulfate, n
  • Further acid addition salts of the present invention include, but are not limited to: adipate, alginate, arginate, aspartate, bisulfate, bisulfite, bromide, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, caprylate, chloride, chlorobenzoate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dihydrogenphosphate, dinitrobenzoate, dodecylsulfate, fumarate, galacterate (from mucic acid), galacturonate, glucoheptaoate, gluconate, glutamate, glycerophosphate, hemisuccinate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hippurate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, iodide, isethionate, iso- butyrate, lactate, lactobionate, malate, malonate, man
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt can be prepared by reacting the free acid form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic base.
  • bases are alkali metal hydroxides including potassium, sodium and lithium hydroxides; alkaline earth metal hydroxides such as barium and calcium hydroxides; alkali metal alkoxides, e.g.
  • potassium ethanolate and sodium propanolate potassium ethanolate and sodium propanolate
  • various organic bases such as ammonium hydroxide, piperidine, diethanolamine and N-methylglutamine.
  • aluminum salts of the compounds of the present invention include, but are not limited to: copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic, manganous, potassium, sodium and zinc salts.
  • Organic base salts include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, e.g., arginine, betaine, caffeine, chloroprocaine, choline, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine (benzathine), dicyclohexylamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2- dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N- ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, iso-propylarnine, lidocaine, lysine, meglumine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethanolamine
  • N-oxides of compounds according to the present invention can be prepared by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • N-oxides can be prepared by treating an unoxidized form of the compound with an oxidizing agent (e.g., trifluoroperacetic acid, permaleic acid, perbenzoic acid, peracetic acid, met ⁇ -chloroperoxybenzoic acid, or the like) in a suitable inert organic solvent (e.g., a halogenated hydrocarbon such as dichloromethane) at approximately 0 °C.
  • an oxidizing agent e.g., trifluoroperacetic acid, permaleic acid, perbenzoic acid, peracetic acid, met ⁇ -chloroperoxybenzoic acid, or the like
  • a suitable inert organic solvent e.g., a halogenated hydrocarbon such as dichloromethane
  • the N-oxides of the compounds can be prepared from the N-oxide of an appropriate starting material.
  • Prodrug derivatives of compounds according to the present invention can be prepared by modifying substituents of compounds of the present invention that are then converted in vivo to a different substituent. It is noted that in many instances, the prodrugs themselves also fall within the scope of the range of compounds according to the present invention.
  • prodrugs can be prepared by reacting a compound with a carbamylating agent (e.g., l,l-acyloxyalkylcarbonochloridate,/? ⁇ r ⁇ -nitrophenyl carbonate, or the like) or an acylating agent. Further examples of methods of making prodrugs are described in Saulnier et ⁇ /.(1994), Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, Vol. 4, p. 1985.
  • Compounds of the present invention may also be conveniently prepared, or formed during the process of the invention, as solvates (e.g. hydrates). Hydrates of compounds of the present invention may be conveniently prepared by recrystallization from an aqueous/organic solvent mixture, using organic solvents such as dioxin, tetrahydrofuran, or methanol.
  • a "pharmaceutically acceptable salt", as used herein, is intended to encompass any compound according to the present invention that is utilized in the form of a salt thereof, especially where the salt confers on the compound improved pharmacokinetic properties as compared to the free form of compound or a different salt form of the compound.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt form may also initially confer desirable pharmacokinetic properties on the compound that it did not previously possess, and may even positively affect the pharmacodynamics of the compound with respect to its therapeutic activity in the body.
  • An example of a pharmacokinetic property that may be favorably affected is the manner in which the compound is transported across cell membranes, which in turn may directly and positively affect the absorption, distribution, biotransformation and excretion of the compound. While the route of administration of the pharmaceutical composition is important, and various anatomical, physiological and pathological factors can critically affect bioavailability, the solubility of the compound is usually dependent upon the character of the particular salt form thereof, which it utilized.
  • DPP-TV is believed to contribute to the pathology and/or symptomology of several different diseases such that reduction of the activity of DPP-TV in a subject through inhibition may be used to therapeutically address these disease states. Examples of various diseases that may be treated using the DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention are described herein.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may be used to treat are those involving the prevention and treatment of diabetes and obesity, in particular type 2 diabetes mellitus, diabetic dislipidemia, conditions of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), conditions of impaired fasting plasma glucose (TFG), metabolic acidosis, ketosis, appetite regulation and obesity.
  • diabetes and obesity in particular type 2 diabetes mellitus, diabetic dislipidemia, conditions of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), conditions of impaired fasting plasma glucose (TFG), metabolic acidosis, ketosis, appetite regulation and obesity.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be used as immunosuppressants (or cytokine release suppressant drugs) for the treatment of among other things: organ transplant rejection; autoimmune diseases such as inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis and rheumatoid arthritis; and the treatment of AIDS.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be used for treating various cancers including breast cancer, lung cancer and prostate cancer.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be used to treat dermatological diseases such as psoriasis, rheumatoid arthritis (RA) and lichen planus.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be used to treat inf ertility and amenorrhea.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be used to modulate cleavage of various cytokines (stimulating hematopoietic cells), growth factors and neuropeptides. For example, such conditions occur frequently in patients who are immunosuppressed, for example, as a consequence of chemotherapy and/or radiation therapy for cancer.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be used prevent or reduce cleavage of N-terminal Tyr- Ala from growth hormone-releasing factor. Accordingly, these inhibitors may be used in the treatment of short stature due to growth hormone deficiency (Dwarfism) and for promoting GH-dependent tissue growth or re-growth.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be used to address disease states associated with cleavage of neuropeptides and thus may be useful for the regulation or normalization of neurological disorders.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may be used in conjunction with other agents to inhibit undesirable and uncontrolled cell proliferation.
  • examples of other anti-cell proliferation agents include, but are not limited to, retinoid acid and derivatives thereof, 2-methoxyestradiol, ANGIOSTATTNTM protein, ENDOSTATTNTM protein, suramin, squalamine, tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase-I, tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase-2, plasminogen activator inhibitor- 1, plasminogen activator inhibitor-2, cartilage-derived inhibitor, paclitaxel, platelet factor 4, protamine sulfate (clupeine), sulfated chitin derivatives (prepared from queen crab shells), sulfated polysaccharide peptidoglycan complex (sp-pg), staurosporine, modulators of matrix metabolism, including for example, proline analogs ((l)), 2-methoxyestradiol, ANGIOSTATTNTM protein, ENDOSTATTNTM
  • anti-angiogenesis agents include antibodies, preferably monoclonal antibodies against these angiogenic growth factors: bFGF, aFGF, FGF-5, VEGF isoforms, VEGF-C, HGF/SF and Ang-l/Ang-2.
  • Ferrara N. and Alitalo, K. "Clinical application of angiogenic growth factors and their inhibitors" (1999) Nature Medicine 5:1359-1364. 4. COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING DPP-IV INHIBITORS [0281]
  • compositions and administration methods may be used in conjunction with the DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention.
  • compositions may include, in addition to the DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention, conventional pharmaceutical excipients, and other conventional, pharmaceutically inactive agents. Additionally, the compositions may include active agents in addition to the DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention. These additional active agents may include additional compounds according to the invention, and/or one or more other pharmaceutically active agents.
  • the compositions may be in gaseous, liquid, semi-liquid or solid form, formulated in a manner suitable for the route of administration to be used. For oral administration, capsules and tablets are typically used. For parenteral administration, reconstitution of a lyophilized powder, prepared as described herein, is typically used.
  • compositions comprising DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may be administered or coadministered orally, parenterally, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intraarterially, transdermally, sublingually, intramuscularly, rectally, transbuccally, intranasally, liposomally, via inhalation, vaginally, intraoccularly, via local delivery (for example by catheter or stent), subcutaneously, intraadiposally, intraarticularly, or intrathecally.
  • the compounds and/or compositions according to the invention may also be administered or coadministered in slow release dosage forms.
  • the DPP-TV inhibitors and compositions comprising them may be administered or coadministered in any conventional dosage form.
  • Co-administration in the context of this invention is intended to mean the administration of more than one therapeutic agent, one of which includes a DPP-TV inhibitor, in the course of a coordinated treatment to achieve an improved clinical outcome.
  • Such co-administration may also be coextensive, that is, occurring during overlapping periods of time.
  • Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, subcutaneous, or topical application may optionally include one or more of the following components: a sterile diluent, such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oil, polyethylene glycol, glycerine, propylene glycol, or other synthetic solvent; antimicrobial agents, such as benzyl alcohol and methyl parabens; antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid and sodium bisulfite; chelating agents, such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers, such as acetates, citrates and phosphates; agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose, and agents for adjusting the acidity or alkalinity of the composition, such as alkaline or acidifying agents or buffers like carbonates, bicarbonates, phosphates, hydrochloric acid, and organic acids like acetic and citric acid.
  • Parenteral preparations may optionally be enclosed in ampule
  • DPP-TV inhibitors according to the present invention exhibit insufficient solubility
  • methods for solubilizing the compounds include, but are not limited to, using cosolvents, such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), using surfactants, such as TWEEN, or dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate.
  • cosolvents such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO)
  • surfactants such as TWEEN
  • dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate such as sodium bicarbonate
  • Derivatives of the compounds, such as prodrugs of the compounds may also be used in formulating effective pharmaceutical compositions.
  • a solution, suspension, emulsion, or the like may be formed.
  • the form of the resulting composition will depend upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration, and the solubility of the compound in the selected carrier or vehicle.
  • the effective concentration needed to ameliorate the disease being treated may be empirically determined.
  • compositions according to the present invention are optionally provided for administration to humans and animals in unit dosage forms, such as tablets, capsules, pills, powders, dry powders for inhalers, granules, sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions, and oral solutions or suspensions, and oil-water emulsions containing suitable quantities of the compounds, particularly the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, preferably the sodium salts, thereof.
  • the pharmaceutically therapeutically active compounds and derivatives thereof are typically formulated and administered in unit-dosage forms or multiple-dosage forms.
  • Unit- dose forms refers to physically discrete units suitable for human and animal subjects and packaged individually as is known in the art.
  • Each unit-dose contains a predetermined quantity of the therapeutically active compound sufficient to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier, vehicle or diluent.
  • unit-dose forms include ampoules and syringes and individually packaged tablets or capsules.
  • Unit-dose forms may be administered in fractions or multiples thereof.
  • a multiple-dose form is a plurality of identical unit-dosage forms packaged in a single container to be administered in segregated unit-dose form.
  • Examples of multiple-dose forms include vials, bottles of tablets or capsules or bottles of pints or gallons.
  • multiple dose form is a multiple of unit-doses that are not segregated in packaging.
  • the composition may comprise: a diluent such as lactose, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate, or carboxymethylcellulose; a lubricant, such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate and talc; and a binder such as starch, natural gums, such as gum acaciagelatin, glucose, molasses, polvinylpyrrolidine, celluloses and derivatives thereof, povidone, crospovidones and other such binders known to those of skill in the art.
  • a diluent such as lactose, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate, or carboxymethylcellulose
  • a lubricant such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate and talc
  • a binder such as starch, natural gums, such as gum acaciagelatin, glucose, molasses, polvinylpyrrolidine, celluloses and derivatives thereof, povidone, crospovidones and other such binders
  • Liquid pharmaceutically administrable compositions can, for example, be prepared by dissolving, dispersing, or otherwise mixing an active compound as defined above and optional pharmaceutical adjuvants in a carrier, such as, for example, water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, glycols, ethanol, and the like, to form a solution or suspension.
  • a carrier such as, for example, water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, glycols, ethanol, and the like
  • the pharmaceutical composition to be administered may also contain minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting agents, emulsifying agents, or solubilizing agents, pH buffering agents and the like, for example, acetate, sodium citrate, cyclodextrine derivatives, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine sodium acetate, triethanolamine oleate, and other such agents.
  • composition or formulation to be administered will, in any event, contain a sufficient quantity of a DPP-TV inhibitor of the present invention to reduce DPP-TV activity in vivo, thereby treating the disease state of the subject.
  • Dosage forms or compositions may optionally comprise one or more DPP-TV inhibitors according to the present invention in the range of 0.005% to 100% (weight/weight) with the balance comprising additional substances such as those described herein.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable composition may optionally comprise any one or more commonly employed excipients, such as, for example pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, talcum, cellulose derivatives, sodium crosscarmellose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, sodium saccharin, talcum.
  • compositions include solutions, suspensions, tablets, capsules, powders, dry powders for inhalers and sustained release formulations, such as, but not limited to, implants and microencapsulated delivery systems, and biodegradable, biocompatible polymers, such as collagen, ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycohc acid, polyorthoesters, polylactic acid and others. Methods for preparing these formulations are known to those skilled in the art.
  • the compositions may optionally contain 0.01%-100% (weight/weight) of one or more DPP-TV inhibitors, optionally 0.1-95%, and optionally 1-95%.
  • Salts, preferably sodium salts, of the DPP-TV inhibitors may be prepared with carriers that protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as time release formulations or coatings.
  • the formulations may further include other active compounds to obtain desired combinations of properties.
  • Oral pharmaceutical dosage forms may be as a solid, gel or liquid.
  • solid dosage forms include, but are not limited to tablets, capsules, granules, and bulk powders. More specific examples of oral tablets include compressed, chewable lozenges and tablets that may be enteric-coated, sugar-coated or film-coated.
  • capsules include hard or soft gelatin capsules.
  • Granules and powders may be provided in non-effervescent or effervescent forms. Each may be combined with other ingredients known to those skilled in the art.
  • DPP-TV inhibitors according to the present invention are provided as solid dosage forms, preferably capsules or tablets.
  • the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like may optionally contain one or more of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder; a diluent; a disintegrating agent; a lubricant; a glidant; a sweetening agent; and a flavoring agent.
  • binders examples include, but are not limited to, microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth, glucose solution, acacia mucilage, gelatin solution, sucrose and starch paste.
  • lubricants examples include, but are not limited to, talc, starch, magnesium or calcium stearate, lycopodium and stearic acid.
  • diluents examples include, but are not limited to, lactose, sucrose, starch, kaolin, salt, mannitol and dicalcium phosphate.
  • glidants examples include, but are not limited to, colloidal silicon dioxide.
  • disintegrating agents examples include, but are not hmited to, crosscarmellose sodium, sodium starch glycolate, alginic acid, corn starch, potato starch, bentonite, methylcellulose, agar and carboxymethylcellulose.
  • coloring agents examples include, but are not limited to, any of the approved certified water soluble FD and C dyes, mixtures thereof; and water insoluble
  • sweetening agents examples include, but are not limited to, sucrose, lactose, mannitol and artificial sweetening agents such as sodium cyclamate and saccharin, and any number of spray-dried flavors.
  • flavoring agents examples include, but are not limited to, natural flavors extracted from plants such as fruits and synthetic blends of compounds that produce a pleasant sensation, such as, but not limited to peppermint and methyl salicylate.
  • wetting agents examples include, but are not limited to, propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.
  • anti-emetic coatings examples include, but are not limited to, fatty acids, fats, waxes, shellac, ammoniated shellac and cellulose acetate phthalates.
  • the salt of the compound may optionally be provided in a composition that protects it from the acidic environment of the stomach.
  • the composition can be formulated in an enteric coating that maintains its integrity in the stomach and releases the active compound in the intestine.
  • the composition may also be formulated in combination with an antacid or other such ingredient.
  • the dosage unit form is a capsule, it may optionally additionally comprise a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil.
  • dosage unit forms may optionally additionally comprise various other materials that modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar and other enteric agents.
  • Compounds according to the present invention may also be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, sprinkle, chewing gum or the like.
  • a syrup may optionally comprise, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors.
  • the DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action, such as antacids, H2 blockers, and diuretics.
  • active materials such as antacids, H2 blockers, and diuretics.
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that may be included in tablets comprising DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention include, but are not limited to binders, lubricants, diluents, disintegrating agents, coloring agents, flavoring agents, and wetting agents.
  • Enteric-coated tablets because of the enteric-coating, resist the action of stomach acid and dissolve or disintegrate in the neutral or alkaline intestines.
  • Sugar-coated tablets may be compressed tablets to which different layers of pharmaceutically acceptable substances are applied.
  • Film-coated tablets may be compressed tablets that have been coated with polymers or other suitable coating. Multiple compressed tablets may be compressed tablets made by more than one compression cycle utilizing the pharmaceutically acceptable substances previously mentioned. Coloring agents may also be used in tablets.
  • Flavoring and sweetening agents may be used in tablets, and are especially useful in the formation of chewable tablets and lozenges.
  • liquid oral dosage forms that may be used include, but are not limited to, aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, solutions and/or suspensions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules and effervescent preparations reconstituted from effervescent granules.
  • aqueous solutions examples include, but are not limited to, elixirs and syrups.
  • elixirs refer to clear, sweetened, hydroalcoholic preparations.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carriers examples include, but are not limited to solvents.
  • solvents Particular examples include glycerin, sorbitol, ethyl alcohol and syrup.
  • syrups refer to concentrated aqueous solutions of a sugar, for example, sucrose. Syrups may optionally further comprise a preservative.
  • Emulsions refer to two-phase systems in which one liquid is dispersed in the form of small globules throughout another liquid. Emulsions may optionally be oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsions .
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that may be used in emulsions include, but are not limited to non-aqueous liquids, emulsifying agents and preservatives.
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable substances that may be used in non- effervescent granules, to be reconstituted into a liquid oral dosage form, include diluents, sweeteners and wetting agents.
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable substances that may be used in effervescent granules, to be reconstituted into a liquid oral dosage form, include organic adds and a source of carbon dioxide.
  • Coloring and flavoring agents may optionally be used in all of the above dosage forms.
  • preservatives include glycerin, methyl and propylparaben, benzoic add, sodium benzoate and alcohol.
  • emulsifying agents include gelatin, acacia, tragacanth, bentonite, and surfactants such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
  • suspending agents include sodium carboxymethylcellulose, pectin, tragacanth, Veegum and acacia.
  • Diluents include lactose and sucrose.
  • Sweetening agents include sucrose, syrups, glycerin and artificial sweetening agents such as sodium cyclamate and saccharin.
  • wetting agents include propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.
  • organic acids that may be used include citric and tartaric acid.
  • Sources of carbon dioxide that may be used in effervescent compositions include sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate.
  • Coloring agents include any of the approved certified water soluble FD and C dyes, and mixtures thereof.
  • flavoring agents include natural flavors extracted from plants such fruits, and synthetic blends of compounds that produce a pleasant taste sensation.
  • the solution or suspension in for example propylene carbonate, vegetable oils or triglycerides, is preferably encapsulated in a gelatin capsule.
  • a gelatin capsule Such solutions, and the preparation and encapsulation thereof, are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • the solution e.g., for example, in a polyethylene glycol
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier e.g. water
  • liquid or semi-solid oral formulations may be prepared by dissolving or dispersing the active compound or salt in vegetable oils, glycols, triglycerides, propylene glycol esters (e.g. propylene carbonate) and other such carriers, and encapsulating these solutions or suspensions in hard or soft gelatin capsule shells.
  • Other useful formulations include those set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. Re 28,819 and 4,358,603.
  • B. Injectables, solutions and emulsions [0326] The present invention is also directed to compositions designed to administer the DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention by parenteral administration, generally characterized by injection, either subcutaneously, intramuscularly or intravenously.
  • Injectables may be prepared in any conventional form, for example as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions.
  • excipients examples include, but are not limited to water, saline, dextrose, glycerol or ethanol.
  • the injectable compositions may also optionally comprise minor amounts of non- toxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, and other such agents, such as for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate and cyclodextrins.
  • Implantation of a slow- release or sustained-release system, such that a constant level of dosage is maintained see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.
  • Parenteral administration of the formulations includes intravenous, subcutaneous and intramuscular administrations. Preparations for parenteral administration include sterile solutions ready for injection, sterile dry soluble products, such as the lyophilized powders described herein, ready to be combined with a solvent just prior to use, including hypodermic tablets, sterile suspensions ready for injection, sterile dry insoluble products ready to be combined with a vehicle just prior to use and sterile emulsions. The solutions may be either aqueous or nonaqueous.
  • suitable carriers include, but are not limited to physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS), and solutions containing thickening and solubilizing agents, such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
  • PBS physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline
  • thickening and solubilizing agents such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that may optionally be used in parenteral preparations include, but are not limited to aqueous vehicles, nonaqueous vehicles, antimicrobial agents, isotonic agents, buffers, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, emulsifying agents, sequestering or chelating agents and other pharmaceutically acceptable substances.
  • aqueous vehicles examples include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringers Injection, Isotonic Dextrose Injection, Sterile Water Injection, Dextrose and Lactated Ringers Injection.
  • nonaqueous parenteral vehicles examples include fixed oils of vegetable origin, cottonseed oil, corn oil, sesame oil and peanut oil.
  • Antimicrobial agents in bacteriostatic or fungistatic concentrations may be added to parenteral preparations, particularly when the preparations are packaged in multiple-dose containers and thus designed to be stored and multiple aliquots to be removed.
  • antimicrobial agents include phenols or cresols, mercurials, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, methyl and propyl p-hydroxybenzoic acid esters, thimerosal, benzalkonium chloride and benzethonium chloride.
  • Examples of isotonic agents that may be used include sodium chloride and dextrose.
  • Examples of buffers that may be used include phosphate and citrate.
  • antioxidants that may be used include sodium bisulfate.
  • Examples of local anesthetics that may be used include procaine hydrochloride.
  • Examples of suspending and dispersing agents that may be used include sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
  • Examples of emulsifying agents that may be used include Polysorbate
  • TWEEN 80 TWEEN 80
  • a sequestering or chelating agent of metal ions include EDTA.
  • Pharmaceutical carriers may also optionally include ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol for water miscible vehicles and sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, citric acid or lactic acid for pH adjustment.
  • concentration of a DPP-TV inhibitor in the parenteral formulation may be adjusted so that an injection administers a pharmaceutically effective amount sufficient to produce the desired pharmacological effect.
  • concentration of a DPP-TV inhibitor and/or dosage to be used will ultimately depend on the age, weight and condition of the patient or animal as is known in the art.
  • Unit-dose parenteral preparations may be packaged in an ampoule, a vial or a syringe with a needle. All preparations for parenteral administration should be sterile, as is know and practiced in the art.
  • Injectables may be designed for local and systemic administration.
  • a therapeutically effective dosage is formulated to contain a concentration of at least about 0.1 % w/w up to about 90% w/w or more, preferably more than 1% w/w of the DPP-TV inhibitor to the treated tissue(s).
  • the DPP-TV inhibitor may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at intervals of time. It is understood that the precise dosage and duration of treatment will be a function of the location of where the composition is parenterally administered, the carrier and other variables that may be determined empirically using known testing protocols or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vitro test data.
  • concentrations and dosage values may also vary with the age of the individual treated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens may need to be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the formulations. Hence, the concentration ranges set forth herein are intended to be exemplary and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed formulations.
  • the DPP-TV inhibitor may optionally be suspended in micronized or other suitable form or may be derivatized to produce a more soluble active product or to produce a prodrug. The form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the compound in the selected carrier or vehicle. The effective concentration is sufficient for ameliorating the symptoms of the disease state and may be empirically determined.
  • the DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be prepared as lyophilized powders, which can be reconstituted for administration as solutions, emulsions and other mixtures.
  • the lyophilized powders may also be formulated as solids or gels.
  • Sterile, lyophilized powder may be prepared by dissolving the compound in a sodium phosphate buffer solution containing dextrose or other suitable excipient. Subsequent sterile filtration of the solution followed by lyophilization under standard conditions known to those of skill in the art provides the desired formulation.
  • the lyophilized powder may optionally be prepared by dissolving dextrose, sorbitol, fructose, corn syrup, xylitol, glycerin, glucose, sucrose or other suitable agent, about 1-20%, preferably about 5 to 15%, in a suitable buffer, such as citrate, sodium or potassium phosphate or other such buffer known to those of skill in the art at, typically, about neutral pH.
  • a suitable buffer such as citrate, sodium or potassium phosphate or other such buffer known to those of skill in the art at, typically, about neutral pH.
  • a DPP-TV inhibitor is added to the resulting mixture, preferably above room temperature, more preferably at about 30-35 °C, and stirred until it dissolves.
  • the resulting mixture is diluted by adding more buffer to a desired concentration.
  • the resulting mixture is sterile filtered or treated to remove particulates and to insure sterility, and apportioned into vials for lyophilization.
  • Each vial may contain a single dosage or multiple dosages of the DPP-TV inhibitor.
  • the DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be administered as topical mixtures.
  • Topical mixtures may be used for local and systemic administration.
  • the resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsions or the like and are formulated as creams, gels, ointments, emulsions, solutions, elixirs, lotions, suspensions, tinctures, pastes, foams, aerosols, irrigations, sprays, suppositories, bandages, dermal patches or any other formulations suitable for topical administration.
  • the DPP-TV inhibitors may be formulated as aerosols for topical application, such as by inhalation (see, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,044,126, 4,414,209, and 4,364,923, which describe aerosols for delivery of a steroid useful for treatment inflammatory diseases, particularly asthma).
  • These formulations for administration to the respiratory tract can be in the form of an aerosol or solution for a nebulizer, or as a microfine powder for insufflation, alone or in combination with an inert carrier such as lactose.
  • the particles of the formulation will typically have diameters of less than 50 microns, preferably less than 10 microns.
  • the DPP-TV inhibitors may also be formulated for local or topical application, such as for topical application to the skin and mucous membranes, such as in the eye, in the form of gels, creams, and lotions and for application to the eye or for intracisternal or intraspinal application. Topical administration is contemplated for transdermal delivery and also for administration to the eyes or mucosa, or for inhalation therapies. Nasal solutions of the DPP-TV inhibitor alone or in combination with other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients can also be administered. E. Formulations for other routes of administration
  • rectal administration may also be used.
  • pharmaceutical dosage forms for rectal administration are rectal suppositories, capsules and tablets for systemic effect.
  • Rectal suppositories are used herein mean solid bodies for insertion into the rectum that melt or soften at body temperature releasing one or more pharmacologically or therapeutically active ingredients.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable substances utilized in rectal suppositories are bases or vehicles and agents to raise the melting point.
  • bases examples include cocoa butter (theobroma oil), glycerin-gelatin, carbowax, (polyoxyethylene glycol) and appropriate mixtures of mono-, di- and triglycerides of fatty acids. Combinations of the various bases may be used.
  • Agents to raise the melting point of suppositories include spermaceti and wax. Rectal suppositories may be prepared either by the compressed method or by molding. The typical weight of a rectal suppository is about 2 to 3 gm. Tablets and capsules for rectal administration may be manufactured using the same pharmaceutically acceptable substance and by the same methods as for formulations for oral administration.
  • Formulations [0346] The following are particular examples of oral, intravenous and tablet formulations that may optionally be used with compounds of the present invention. It is noted that these formulations may be varied depending on the particular compound being used and the indication for which the formulation is going to be used.
  • INTRAVENOUS FORMULATION Compound of the Present Invention 0.1-10 mg Dextrose Monohydrate q.s. to make isotonic Citric Acid Monohydrate 1.05 mg Sodium Hydroxide 0.18 mg Water for injection q.s. to 1.0 mL TABLET FORMULATION Compound of the Present Invention 1 % Microcrystalline Cellulose 73% Stearic Acid 25% Colloidal Silica 1%.
  • the invention is also directed to kits and other articles of manufacture for treating diseases associated with DPP-TV. It is noted that diseases are intended to cover all conditions for which the DPP-TV possesses activity that contributes to the pathology and/or symptomology of the condition.
  • a kit comprising a composition comprising at least one DPP-TV inhibitor of the present invention in combination with instructions.
  • the instructions may indicate the disease state for which the composition is to be administered, storage information, dosing information and/or instructions regarding how to administer the composition.
  • the kit may also comprise packaging materials.
  • the packaging material may comprise a container for housing the composition.
  • the kit may also optionally comprise additional components, such as syringes for administration of the composition.
  • the kit may comprise the composition in single or multiple dose forms.
  • an article of manufacture comprises a composition comprising at least one DPP-IV inhibitor of the present invention in combination with packaging materials.
  • the packaging material may comprise a container for housing the composition.
  • the container may optionally comprise a label indicating the disease state for which the composition is to be administered, storage information, dosing info ⁇ nation and/or instructions regarding how to administer the composition.
  • the kit may also optionally comprise additional components, such as syringes for administration of the composition.
  • the kit may comprise the composition in single or multiple dose forms.
  • the packaging material used in kits and articles of manufacture according to the present invention may form a plurality of divided containers such as a divided bottle or a divided foil packet.
  • the container can be in any conventional shape or form as known in the art which is made of a pharmaceutically acceptable material, for example a paper or cardboard box, a glass or plastic bottle or jar, a re-sealable bag (for example, to hold a "refill" of tablets for placement into a different container), or a blister pack with individual doses for pressing out of the pack according to a therapeutic schedule.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable material for example a paper or cardboard box, a glass or plastic bottle or jar, a re-sealable bag (for example, to hold a "refill" of tablets for placement into a different container), or a blister pack with individual doses for pressing out of the pack according to a therapeutic schedule.
  • the container that is employed will depend on the exact dosage form involved, for example a conventional cardboard box would not generally be used to hold a liquid suspension. It is feasible that more than one container can be used together in a single package to market a single dosage form. For example, tablets may be contained in a bottle that is in
  • kit form is particularly advantageous when the separate components are preferably administered in different dosage forms (e.g., oral, topical, transdermal and parenteral), are administered at different dosage intervals, or when titration of the individual components of the combination is desired by the prescribing physician.
  • dosage forms e.g., oral, topical, transdermal and parenteral
  • Blister packs are well known in the packaging industry and are being widely used for the packaging of pharmaceutical unit dosage forms (tablets, capsules, and the like). Blister packs generally consist of a sheet of relatively stiff material covered with a foil of a preferably transparent plastic material. During the packaging process recesses are formed in the plastic foil. The recesses have the size and shape of individual tablets or capsules to be packed or may have the size and shape to accommodate multiple tablets and/or capsules to be packed. Next, the tablets or capsules are placed in the recesses accordingly and the sheet of relatively stiff material is sealed against the plastic foil at the face of the foil which is opposite from the direction in which the recesses were formed.
  • the tablets or capsules are individually sealed or collectively sealed, as desired, in the recesses between the plastic foil and the sheet.
  • the strength of the sheet is such that the tablets or capsules can be removed from the blister pack by manually applying pressure on the recesses whereby an opening is formed in the sheet at the place of the recess. The tablet or capsule can then be removed via said opening.
  • kits are a dispenser designed to dispense the daily doses one at a time in the order of their intended use.
  • the dispenser is equipped with a memory-aid, so as to further facilitate compliance with the regimen.
  • a memory-aid is a mechanical counter that indicates the number of daily doses that has been dispensed.
  • a battery-powered micro-chip memory coupled with a liquid crystal readout, or audible reminder signal which, for example, reads out the date that the last daily dose has been taken and/or reminds one when the next dose is to be taken.
  • the diastereomers may then be separated in order to recover the optically pure enantiomers.
  • Dissociable complexes may also be used to resolve enantiomers (e.g., crystalline diastereoisomeric salts).
  • Diastereomers typically have sufficiently distinct physical properties (e.g., melting points, boiling points, solubilities, reactivity, etc.) that they can be readily separated by taking advantage of these dissimilarities.
  • diastereomers can typically be separated by chromatography or by separation/resolution techniques based upon differences in solubility.
  • a more detailed description of techniques that can be used to resolve stereoisomers of compounds from their racemic mixture can be found in Jean Jacques Andre Collet, Samuel H. Wilen, Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1981).
  • Compounds according to the present invention can also be prepared as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt by reacting the free base form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acid.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt of a compound can be prepared by reacting the free acid form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic base.
  • Inorganic and organic acids and bases suitable for the preparation of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds are set forth in the definitions section of this Application.
  • the salt forms of the compounds can be prepared using salts of the starting materials or intermediates.
  • the free acid or free base forms of the compounds can be prepared from the corresponding base addition salt or acid addition salt form.
  • a compound in an acid addition salt form can be converted to the corresponding free base by treating with a suitable base (e.g., ammonium hydroxide solution, sodium hydroxide, and the like).
  • a compound in a base addition salt form can be converted to the conesponding free acid by treating with a suitable acid (e.g., hydrochloric acid, etc).
  • N-oxides of compounds according to the present invention can be prepared by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • N-oxides can be prepared by treating an unoxidized form of the compound with an oxidizing agent (e.g., trifluoroperacetic acid, permaleic acid, perbenzoic acid, peracetic acid, met -chloroperoxybenzoic acid, or the like) in a suitable inert organic solvent (e.g., a halogenated hydrocarbon such as dichloromethane) at approximately 0 °C.
  • an oxidizing agent e.g., trifluoroperacetic acid, permaleic acid, perbenzoic acid, peracetic acid, met -chloroperoxybenzoic acid, or the like
  • a suitable inert organic solvent e.g., a halogenated hydrocarbon such as dichloromethane
  • the N-oxides of the compounds can be prepared from the N-oxide of an appropriate starting material.
  • Compounds in an unoxidized form can be prepared from N-oxides of compounds by treating with a reducing agent (e.g., sulfur, sulfur dioxide, triphenyl phosphine, lithium borohydride, sodium borohydride, phosphorus trichloride, tribromide, or the like) in an suitable inert organic solvent (e.g., acetonitrile, ethanol, aqueous dioxane, or the like) at 0 to 80 °C.
  • a reducing agent e.g., sulfur, sulfur dioxide, triphenyl phosphine, lithium borohydride, sodium borohydride, phosphorus trichloride, tribromide, or the like
  • an inert organic solvent e.g., acetonitrile, ethanol, aqueous dioxane, or the like
  • Prodrug derivatives of the compounds can be prepared by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art (e.g., for further details see Saulnier et al. (1994), Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, Vol. 4, p. 1985).
  • appropriate prodrugs can be prepared by reacting a non-derivatized compound with a suitable carbamylating agent (e.g., l,l-acyloxyalkylcarbonochloridate, ⁇ r -nitrophenyl carbonate, or the like).
  • a suitable carbamylating agent e.g., l,l-acyloxyalkylcarbonochloridate, ⁇ r -nitrophenyl carbonate, or the like.
  • Protected derivatives of the compounds can be made by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art. A detailed description of the techniques applicable to the creation of protecting groups and their removal can be found in T.W. Greene, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd edition, John Wiley &
  • Hydrates of compounds of the present invention may be conveniently prepared by recrystallization from an aqueous/organic solvent mixture, using organic solvents such as dioxin, tetrahydrofuran or methanol.
  • Compounds according to the present invention can also be prepared as their individual stereoisomers by reacting a racemic mixture of the compound with an optically active resolving agent to form a pair of diastereoisomeric compounds, separating the diastereomers and recovering the optically pure enantiomer. While resolution of enantiomers can be carried out using covalent diastereomeric derivatives of compounds, dissociable complexes are preferred (e.g., crystalline diastereoisomeric salts). Diastereomers have distinct physical properties (e.g. , melting points, boiling points, solubilities, reactivity, etc.) and can be readily separated by taking advantage of these dissimilarities.
  • the diastereomers can be separated by chromatography or, preferably, by separation/resolution techniques based upon differences in solubility.
  • the optically pure enantiomer is then recovered, along with the resolving agent, by any practical means that would not result in racemization.
  • a more detailed description of the techniques applicable to the resolution of stereoisomers of compounds from their racemic mixture can be found in Jean Jacques Andre Collet, Samuel H. Wilen, Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1981). [0364] As used herein the symbols and conventions used in these processes, schemes and examples are consistent with those used in the contemporary scientific literature, for example, the Journal of the American Chemical Society or the Journal of Biological Chemistry.
  • M molar
  • mM m ⁇ limolar
  • i.v. intravenous
  • Hz Hertz
  • Tr retention time
  • RP reverse phase
  • TEA triethylamine
  • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
  • TFAA trifluoroacetic anhydride
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • DMSO dimethylsulf oxide
  • EtOAc ethyl acetate
  • DME (1,2-dimethoxyethane); DCM (dichloromethane);
  • DCE dichloroethane
  • DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
  • DMPU N,N'-dimethylpropyleneurea
  • CDI 1,1-carbonyldiimidazole
  • IBCF isobutyl chloroformate
  • HO Ac acetic acid
  • HOSu N-hydroxysuccinimino
  • HOBT 1-hydroxybenzotriazole
  • TIPS triisopropylsilyl
  • TBS t-butyldimethylsilyl
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chomatography
  • BOP bis(2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl)phosphinic chloride
  • TBAF tetra-n-butylarnmonium fluoride
  • mCPBA metal-chloroperbenzoic acid
  • DPP-TV inhibitors may be synthesized according to a variety of reaction schemes. Some illustrative schemes are provided herein in the examples. Other reaction schemes could be readily devised by those skilled in the art. [0369] In the reactions described hereinafter it may be necessary to protect reactive functional groups, for example hydroxy, amino, imino, thio or carboxy groups, where these are desired in the final product, to avoid their unwanted participation in the reactions. Conventional protecting groups may be used in accordance with standard practice, for examples see T.W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts in "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry” John Wiley and Sons, 1991.
  • protease inhibitory activities of DPP-TV inhibitors can be readily determined by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art since suitable in vitro assays for measuring protease activity and the inhibition thereof by test compounds are known. Examples of assays that may be used for measuring protease inhibitory activity and selectivity are set forth below.
  • DPP-IV Assay Solutions of test compounds in varying concentrations ( ⁇ lOmM final concentration) were prepared in Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO) and then diluted into assay buffer comprising: 20mM Tris, pH 7.4; 20mM KC1; and O.lmg/mL BSA. Human DPP-TV (0.1 nM final concentration) was added to the dilutions and pre-incubated for 10 minutes at ambient temperature before the reaction was initiated with A-P-7-amido-4- trifluoromethylcoumarin (AP-AFC; 10 ⁇ M final concentration). The total volume of the reaction mixture was 10-lOO ⁇ L depending on assay formats used (384 or 96 well plates).
  • DMSO Dimethyl Sulfoxide
  • PREP Assay Solutions of test compounds in varying concentrations ( ⁇ lOmM final concentration) were prepared in Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO) and then diluted into assay buffer comprising: 20mM Sodium Phosphate, pH 7.4; 0.5mM EDTA; 0.5mM DTT; and 0. Img/mL BSA.
  • DMSO Dimethyl Sulfoxide
  • PREP EC3.4.21.26 from Flavobacterium meningosepticum; 0.2 nM final concentration
  • the PREP and compound were pre-incubated for 10 minutes at ambient temperature before the reaction was initiated with Z-G-P-AMC (10 ⁇ M final concentration).
  • the total volume of the reaction mixture was 10-lOO ⁇ L depending on assay formats used (384 or 96 well plates).
  • Inhibition constants (IC 50 ) were calculated from the enzyme progress curves using standard mathematical models. Tryptase Assay [0388] Solutions of test compounds in varying concentrations ( ⁇ lOmM final concentration) were prepared in Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO) and then diluted into assay buffer comprising: lOOmM Hepes, pH 7.4; 0.01% Brij35; and 10% glycerol.
  • DMSO Dimethyl Sulfoxide
  • Tryptase (rhLung beta; 0.1 nM final concentration) was added to the dilutions and pre-incubated with compound for 10 minutes at ambient temperature.
  • the enzymatic reaction was initiated with 25 ⁇ M Z-lys-SBzl and 400 ⁇ M DTNB.
  • the total volume of the reaction mixture was lOO ⁇ L in Costar A/2 96 well plates.
  • Inhibition constants (IC50) were calculated from the enzyme progress curves using standard mathematical models.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • AIDS & HIV (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)

Abstract

Compounds, pharmaceuticals, kits and methods are provided for use with DPP-IV inhibitors comprising Formula Ia or Ib: wherein the substituents are as described herein.

Description

DIPEPTIDYL PEPTIDASE INHIBITORS
Field of the Invention
[0001] The invention relates to compounds that may be used to inhibit dipeptidyl peptidases as well as compositions of matter and kits comprising these compounds. The present invention, also relates to methods for inhibiting dipeptidyl peptidases as well as treatment methods using compounds according to the present invention. Description of Related Art [0002] Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (IUBMB Enzyme Nomenclature EC.3.4.14.5) is a type H membrane protein that has been referred to in the literature by a wide a variety of names including DPP4, DP4, DAP-IV, FAPβ, adenosine deaminase complexing protein 2, adenosine deaminase binding protein (ADAbp), dipeptidyl aminopeptidase IV; Xaa-Pro-dipeptidyl- aminopeptidase; Gly-Pro naphthylamidase; postproline dipeptidyl aminopeptidase IV; lymphocyte antigen CD26; glycoprotein GP110; dipeptidyl peptidase IV; glycylproline aminopeptidase; glycylproline aminopeptidase; X-prolyl dipeptidyl aminopeptidase; pep X; leukocyte antigen CD26; glycylprolyl dipeptidylaminopeptidase; dipeptidyl-peptidehydrolase; glycylprolyl aminopeptidase; dipeptidyl-aminopeptidase IV; DPP IV/CD26; amino acyl-prolyl dipeptidyl aminopeptidase; T cell triggering molecule Tpl03; X-PDAP. Dipeptidyl Peptidase TV is referred to herein as "DPP-IV."
[0003] DPP-IV is a non-classical serine aminodipeptidase that removes Xaa-Pro dipeptides from the amino terminus (N-terminus) of polypeptides and proteins. DPP-IV dependent slow release of dipeptides of the type X-Gly or X-Ser has also been reported for some naturally occurring peptides.
[0004] DPP-IV is constitutively expressed on epithelial and endothelial cells of a variety of different tissues (intestine, liver, lung, kidney and placenta), and is also found in body fluids. DPP-IV is also expressed on circulating T-lymphocytes and has been shown to be synonymous with the cell-surface antigen, CD-26. DPP-IV has been implicated in a number of disease states, some of which are discussed below.
[0005] DPP-IV is responsible for the metabolic cleavage of certain endogenous peptides (GLP-1 (7-36), glucagon) in vivo and has demonstrated proteolytic activity against a variety of other peptides (GHRH, NPY, GLP-2, VIP) in vitro. [0006] GLP-1 (7-36) is a 29 amino-acid peptide derived by post-translational processing of proglucagon in the small intestine. GLP-1 (7-36) has multiple actions in vivo including the stimulation of insulin secretion, inhibition of glucagon secretion, the promotion of satiety, and the slowing of gastric emptying. Based on its physiological profile, the actions of GLP-1 (7- 36) are believed to be beneficial in the prevention and treatment of type II diabetes and potentially obesity. For example, exogenous administration of GLP-1 (7-36) (continuous infusion) in diabetic patients has been found to be efficacious in this patient population. Unfortunately, GLP-1 (7-36) is degraded rapidly in vivo and has been shown to have a short half-life in vivo (tl/2=1.5 minutes).
[0007] Based on a study of genetically bred DPP-IV knock out mice and on in vivo / in vitro studies with selective DPP-IV inhibitors, DPP-IV has been shown to be the primary degrading enzyme of GLP-1 (7-36) in vivo. GLP-1 (7-36) is degraded by DPP-IV efficiently to GLP-1 (9-36), which has been speculated to act as a physiological antagonist to GLP-1 (7-36). Inhibiting DPP-IV in vivo is therefore believed to be useful for potentiating endogenous levels of GLP-1 (7-36) and attenuating the formation of its antagonist GLP-1 (9-36). Thus, DPP-IV inhibitors are believed to be useful agents for the prevention, delay of progression, and/or treatment of conditions mediated by DPP-IV, in particular diabetes and more particularly, type 2 diabetes mellitus, diabetic dislipidemia, conditions of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), conditions of impaired fasting plasma glucose (IFG), metabolic acidosis, ketosis, appetite regulation and obesity.
[0008] DPP-IV expression is increased in T-cells upon mitogenic or antigenic stimulation (Mattem, T., et al., Scand. J. Immunol., 1991 , 33, 737). It has been reported that inhibitors of DPP-IV and antibodies to DPP-IV suppress the proliferation of mitogen-stimulated and antigen-stimulated T-cells in a dose-dependant manner (Schon, E., et al., Biol. Chem., 1991, 372, 305). Various other functions of T-lymphocytes such as cytokine production, IL-2 mediated cell proliferation and B-cell helper activity have been shown to be dependent on DPP-IV activity (Schon, E., et al., Scand. J. Immunol., 1989, 29, 127). DPP-IV inhibitors, based on boroProline, (Flentke, G. R., et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 1991, 88, 1556) although unstable, were effective at inhibiting antigen-induced lymphocyte proliferation and IL-2 production in murine CD4+ T-helper cells. Such boronic acid inhibitors have been shown to have an effect in vivo in mice causing suppression of antibody production induced by immune challenge (Kubota, T. et al., Clin. Exp. Immun., 1992, 89, 192). The role of DPP- TV in regulating T lymphocyte activation may also be attributed, in part, to its cell-surface association with the transmembrane phosphatase, CD45. DPP-IV inhibitors or non-active site ligands may possibly disrupt the CD45-DPP-IV association. CD45 is known to be an integral component of the T-cell signaling apparatus. It has been reported that DPP-IV is essential for the penetration and infectivity of HIV-1 and HTV-2 viruses in CD4+ T-cells (Wakselman, M., Nguyen, C, Mazaleyrat, J.-P., Callebaut, C, Krust, B., Hovanessian, A. G., Inhibition of HTV- 1 infection of CD 26+ but not CD 26-cells by a potent cyclopeptidic inhibitor of the DPP-IV activity of CD 26. Abstract P.44 of the 24.sup.th European Peptide Symposium 1996). Additionally, DPP-IV has been shown to associate with the enzyme adenosine deaminase (ADA) on the surface of T-cells (Kameoka, J., et al., Science, 193, 26466). ADA deficiency causes severe combined immunodeficiency disease (SCID) in humans. This ADA-CD26 interaction may provide clues to the pathophysiology of SCID. It follows that inhibitors of DPP-IV may be useful immunosuppressants (or cytokine release suppressant drugs) for the treatment of among other things: organ transplant rejection; autoimmune diseases such as inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis and rheumatoid arthritis; and the treatment of AIDS.
[0009] It has been shown that lung endothelial cell DPP-IV is an adhesion molecule for lung-metastatic rat breast and prostate carcinoma cells (Johnson, R. C, et al., J. Cell. Biol., 1993, 121, 1423). DPP-IV is known to bind to fibronectin and some metastatic tumor cells are known to carry large amounts of fibronectin on their surface. Potent DPP-IV inhibitors may be useful as drugs to prevent metastases of, for example, breast and prostrate tumors to the lungs.
[0010] High levels of DPP-IV expression have also been found in human skin fibroblast cells from patients with psoriasis, rheumatoid arthritis (RA) and lichen planus (Raynaud, F., et al., J. Cell. Physiol., 1992, 151, 378). Therefore, DPP-IV inhibitors may be useful as agents to treat dermatological diseases such as psoriasis and lichen planus.
[0011] High DPP-IV activity has been found in tissue homogenates from patients with benign prostate hypertrophy and in prostatosomes. These are prostate derived organelles important for the enhancement of sperm forward motility (Vanhoof, G., et al., Eur. J. Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem., 1992, 30, 333). DPP-IV inhibitors may also act to suppress sperm motility and therefore act as a male contraceptive agent. Conversely, DPP-IV inhibitors have been implicated as novel for treatment of infertility, and particularly human female infertility due to Polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS, Stein-Leventhal syndrome) which is a condition characterized by thickening of the ovarian capsule and formation of multiple follicular cysts. It results in infertility and amenorrhea.
[0012] DPP-TV is thought to play a role in the cleavage of various cytokines (stimulating hematopoietic cells), growth factors and neuropeptides.
[0013] Stimulated hematopoietic cells are useful for the treatment of disorders that are characterized by a reduced number of hematopoietic cells or their precursors in vivo. Such conditions occur frequently in patients who are immunosuppressed, for example, as a consequence of chemotherapy and/or radiation therapy for cancer. It was discovered that inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase type TV are useful for stimulating the growth and differentiation of hematopoietic cells in the absence of exogenously added cytokines or other growth factors or stromal cells. This discovery contradicts the dogma in the field of hematopoietic cell stimulation, which provides that the addition of cytokines or cells that produce cytokines (stromal cells) is an essential element for maintaining and stimulating the growth and differentiation of hematopoietic cells in culture. (See, e.g., PCT Intl. Application No. PCT US93/017173 published as WO 94/03055).
[0014] DPP-TV in human plasma has been shown to cleave N-terminal Tyr- Ala from growth hormone-releasing factor and cause inactivation of this hormone. Therefore, inhibitors of DPP-TV may be useful in the treatment of short stature due to growth hormone deficiency (Dwarfism) and for promoting GH-dependent tissue growth or re-growth. [0015] DPP-TV can also cleave neuropeptides and has been shown to modulate the activity of neuroactive peptides substance P, neuropeptide Y and CLIP (Mentlein, R., Dahms, P., Grandt, D., Kruger, R., Proteolytic processing of neuropeptide Y and peptide YY by dipeptidyl peptidase TV, Regul. Pept, 49, 133, 1993; Wetzel, W., Wagner, T., Vogel, D., Demuth, H.-U., Balschun, D., Effects of the CLIP fragment ACTH 20-24 on the duration of REM sleep episodes, Neuropeptides, 31, 41, 1997). Thus DPP-TV inhibitors may also be useful agents for the regulation or normalization of neurological disorders. [0016] Several compounds have been shown to inhibit DPP-TV. Nonetheless, a need still exists for new DPP-TV inhibitors that have advantageous potency, stability, selectivity, toxicity and/or pharmacodynamics properties. In this regard, a novel class of DPP-TV inhibitors are provided herein.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0017] The present invention relates to compounds that have activity for inhibiting DPP- TV. It is noted that these compounds may also have activity for inhibiting other S9 proteases and thus may be used against these other S9 proteases as well as DPP-TV. The present invention also provides compositions, articles of manufacture and kits comprising these compounds.
[0018] In one embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition is provided that comprises a DPP-TV inhibitor according to the present invention as an active ingredient. Pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may optionally comprise 0.001%- 100% of one or more DPP-TV inhibitors of this invention. These pharmaceutical compositions may be administered or coadministered by a wide variety of routes, including for example, orally, parenterally, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intraarterially, transdermally, sublingually, intramuscularly, rectally, transbuccally, intranasally, liposomally, via inhalation, vaginally, intraoccularly, via local delivery (for example by catheter or stent), subcutaneously, intraadiposally, intraarticularly, or intrathecally. The compositions may also be administered or coadministered in slow release dosage forms.
[0019] The invention is also directed to kits and other articles of manufacture for treating disease states associated with DPP-TV.
[0020] In one embodiment, a kit is provided that comprises a composition comprising at least one DPP-TV inhibitor of the present invention in combination with instructions. The instructions may indicate the disease state for which the composition is to be administered, storage information, dosing information and/or instructions regarding how to administer the composition. The kit may also comprise packaging materials. The packaging material may comprise a container for housing the composition. The kit may also optionally comprise additional components, such as syringes for administration of the composition. The kit may comprise the composition in single or multiple dose forms.
[0021] In another embodiment, an article of manufacture is provided that comprises a composition comprising at least one DPP-TV inhibitor of the present invention in combination with packaging materials. The packaging material may comprise a container for housing the composition. The container may optionally comprise a label indicating the disease state for which the composition is to be administered, storage information, dosing information and/or instructions regarding how to administer the composition. The kit may also optionally comprise additional components, such as syringes for administration of the composition. The kit may comprise the composition in single or multiple dose forms.
[0022] Also provided are methods for preparing compounds, compositions and kits according to the present invention. For example, several synthetic schemes are provided herein for synthesizing compounds according to the present invention.
[0023] Also provided are methods for using compounds, compositions, kits and articles of manufacture according to the present invention.
[0024] In one embodiment, the compounds, compositions, kits and articles of manufacture are used to inhibit DPP-TV.
[0025] In another embodiment, the compounds, compositions, kits and articles of manufacture are used to treat a disease state for which DPP-TV possesses activity that contributes to the pathology and/or symptomology of the disease state.
[0026] In another embodiment, a compound is administered to a subject wherein DPP-TV activity within the subject is altered, preferably reduced.
[0027] In another embodiment, a prodrug of a compound is administered to a subject that is converted to the compound in vivo where it inhibits DPP-TV.
[0028] In another embodiment, a method of inhibiting DPP-TV is provided that comprises contacting DPP-TV with a compound according to the present invention.
[0029] In another embodiment, a method of inhibiting DPP-TV is provided that comprises causing a compound according to the present invention to be present in a subject in order to inhibit DPP-TV in vivo.
[0030] In another embodiment, a method of inhibiting DPP-TV is provided that comprises administering a first compound to a subject that is converted in vivo to a second compound wherein the second compound inhibits DPP-TV in vivo. It is noted that the compounds of the present invention may be the first or second compounds.
[0031] In another embodiment, a therapeutic method is provided that comprises administering a compound according to the present invention. [0032] In another embodiment, a method of inhibiting cell proliferation is provided that comprises contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
[0033] In another embodiment, a method of inhibiting cell proliferation in a patient is provided that comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
[0034] In another embodiment, a method of treating a condition in a patient which is known to be mediated by DPP-TV, or which is known to be treated by DPP-TV inhibitors, comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
[0035] In another embodiment, a method is provided for using a compound according to the present invention in order to manufacture a medicament for use in the treatment of disease state which is known to be mediated by DPP-TV, or which is known to be treated by DPP-TV inhibitors.
[0036] In another embodiment, a method is provided for treating a disease state for which
DPP-TV possesses activity that contributes to the pathology and/or symptomology of the disease state, the method comprising: causing a compound according to the present invention to be present in a subject in a therapeutically effective amount for the disease state.
[0037] In another embodiment, a method is provided for treating a disease state for which
DPP-TV possesses activity that contributes to the pathology and/or symptomology of the disease state, the method comprising: administering a first compound to a subject that is converted in vivo to a second compound such that the second compound is present in the subject in a therapeutically effective amount for the disease state. It is noted that the compounds of the present invention may be the first or second compounds.
[0038] In another embodiment, a method is provided for treating a disease state for which
DPP-TV possesses activity that contributes to the pathology and/or symptomology of the disease state, the method comprising: administering a compound according to the present invention to a subject such that the compound is present in the subject in a therapeutically effective amount for the disease state.
[0039] In another embodiment, a method is provided for treating a cell proliferative disease state comprising treating cells with a compound according to the present invention in combination with an anti-proliferative agent, wherein the cells are treated with the compound according to the present invention before, at the same time, and/or after the cells are treated with the anti-proliferative agent, referred to herein as combination therapy. It is noted that treatment of one agent before another is referred to herein as sequential therapy, even if the agents are also administered together. It is noted that combination therapy is intended to cover when agents are administered before or after each other (sequential therapy) as well as when the agents are administered at the same time.
[0040] Examples of diseases that may be treated by administration of compounds and compositions according to the present invention include, but are not limited to conditions mediated by DPP-TV, in particular diabetes, more particular type 2 diabetes mellitus, diabetic dislipidemia, conditions of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), conditions of impaired fasting plasma glucose (TFG), metabolic acidosis, ketosis, appetite regulation, obesity, immunosuppressants or cytokine release regulation, autoimmune diseases such as inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis and rheumatoid arthritis, AIDS, cancers (prevention of metastases, for example, breast and prostrate tumors to the lungs), dermatological diseases such as psoriasis and lichen planus, treatment of female infertility, osteoporosis, male contraception and neurological disorders.
[0041] It is noted in regard to all of the above embodiments that the present invention is intended to encompass all pharmaceutically acceptable ionized forms (e.g., salts) and solvates (e.g., hydrates) of the compounds, regardless of whether such ionized forms and solvates are specified since it is well known in the art to administer pharmaceutical agents in an ionized or solvated form. It is also noted that unless a particular stereochemistry is specified, recitation of a compound is intended to encompass all possible stereoisomers (e.g., enantiomers or diastereomers depending on the number of chiral centers), independent of whether the compound is present as an individual isomer or a mixture of isomers. Further, unless otherwise specified, recitation of a compound is intended to encompass all possible resonance forms and tautomers. With regard to the claims, the language "compound comprising the formula" is intended to encompass the compound and all pharmaceutically acceptable ionized forms and solvates, all possible stereoisomers, and all possible resonance forms and tautomers unless otherwise specifically specified in the particular claim. [0042] It is further noted that prodrugs may also be administered which are altered in vivo and become a compound according to the present invention. The various methods of using the compounds of the present invention are intended, regardless of whether prodrug delivery is specified, to encompass the administration of a prodrug that is converted in vivo to a compound according to the present invention. It is also noted that certain compounds of the present invention may be altered in vivo prior to inhibiting DPP-TV and thus may themselves be prodrugs for another compound. Such prodrugs of another compound may or may not themselves independently have DPP-TV inhibitory activity. DEFINITIONS
[0043] Unless otherwise stated, the following terms used in the specification and claims shall have the following meanings for the purposes of this Application. [0044] "Alicyclic" means a moiety comprising a non-aromatic ring structure. Alicyclic moieties may be saturated or partially unsaturated with one, two or more double or triple bonds. Alicyclic moieties may also optionally comprise heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The nitrogen atoms can be optionally quaternerized or oxidized and the sulfur atoms can be optionally oxidized. Examples of alicyclic moieties include, but are not limited to moieties with C3 - C8 rings such as cyclopropyl, cyclohexane, cyclopentane, cyclopentene, cyclopentadiene, cyclohexane, cyclohexene, cyclohexadiene, cycloheptane, cycloheptene, cycloheptadiene, cyclooctane, cyclooctene, and cyclooctadiene.
[0045] "Aliphatic" means a moiety characterized by a straight or branched chain arrangement of constituent carbon atoms and may be saturated or partially unsaturated with one, two or more double or triple bonds.
[0046] "Alkenyl" represented by itself means a straight or branched, unsaturated, aliphatic radical having a chain of carbon atoms having at least one double bond between adjacent carbon atoms. Cx alkenyl and Cχ.γ alkenyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain. For example, C -6 alkenyl includes alkenyls that have a chain of between 2 and 6 carbons.
[0047] "Alkoxy" means an oxygen moiety having a further alkyl substituent. The alkoxy groups of the present invention can be optionally substituted.
[0048] "Alkyl" represented by itself means a straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic radical having a chain of carbon atoms, optionally with oxygen (See "oxaalkyl") or nitrogen atoms (See "arninoalkyl") between the carbon atoms. Cx alkyl and Cχ_γ alkyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain. For example, C1-6 alkyl includes alkyls that have a chain of between 1 and 6 carbons (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, -fe -butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-methylallyl, ethynyl, 1 -propynyl, 2-propynyl, and the like). Alkyl represented along with another radical (e.g., as in arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl) means a straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated aliphatic divalent radical having the number of atoms indicated or when no atoms are indicated means a bond (e.g., (C6-1o)aryl(C1-3)alkyl includes, benzyl, phenethyl, 1-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, 2- thienylmethyl, 2-pyridinylmethyl and the like).
[0049] "Alkylene" , unless indicated otherwise, means a straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic, divalent radical. Cx alkylene and Cχ.γ alkylene are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain. For example, C1-6 alkylene includes methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), trimethylene (-CH2CH2CH2-), tetramethylene (-CH2CH2CH2CH2-) 2-butenylene (-CH2CH=CHCH2-),
2-methyltetramethylene (-CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH2-), pentamethylene (-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2-) and the like).
[0050] "Alkylidene" means a straight or branched saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic radical connected to the parent molecule by a double bond. Cx alkylidene and Cχ.γ alkylidene are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain. For example, C1-6 alkylidene includes methylene (=CH ), ethylidene (=CHCH3), isopropylidene (=C(CH3)2), propylidene (=CHCH2CH3), allylidene (=CH-CH=CH2), and the like). [0051] "Alkynyl" represented by itself means a straight or branched, unsaturated, aliphatic radical having a chain of carbon atoms having at least one triple bond between adjacent carbon atoms. Cx alkynyl and Cχ-γ alkynyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain. For example, C2-6 alkynyl includes alkynyls that have a chain of between 2 and 6 carbons.
[0052] "Amino" means a nitrogen moiety having two further substituents where a hydrogen or carbon atom is attached to the nitrogen. For example, representative amino groups include -NH2, -NHCH3, -N(CH3)2, -NHC1-3-alkyl, -N(C1-3-alkyl)2 and the like. Optionally, the two substituents together with the nitrogen may also form a ring. Unless indicated otherwise, the compounds of the invention containing amino moieties may include protected derivatives thereof. Suitable protecting groups for amino moieties include acetyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and the like.
[0053] "Aminoalkyl" means an alkyl, as defined above, except where one or more substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen atoms (-N-) are positioned between carbon atoms of the alkyl. For example, an (C2-6) aminoalkyl refers to a chain comprising between 2 and 6 carbons and one or more nitrogen atoms positioned between the carbon atoms.
[0054] "Animal" includes humans, non-human mammals (e.g. , dogs, cats, rabbits, cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine, deer, and the like) and non-mammals (e.g., birds, and the like).
[0055] "Aromatic" means a moiety wherein the constituent atoms make up an unsaturated ring system, all atoms in the ring system are sp hybridized and the total number of pi electrons is equal to 4n+2. An aromatic ring may be such that the ring atoms are only carbon atoms or may include carbon and non-carbon atoms (see Heteroaryl).
[0056] "Aryl" means a monocyclic or polycyclic ring assembly wherein each ring is aromatic or when fused with one or more rings forms an aromatic ring assembly. If one or more ring atoms is not carbon (e.g., N, S), the aryl is a heteroaryl. Cx aryl and Cχ.γ aryl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of atoms in the ring.
[0057] " Aryloxy" means an oxygen moiety having a further aryl substituent. The aryloxy groups of the present invention can be optionally substituted.
[0058] "Bicycloalkyl" means a saturated or partially unsaturated fused bicyclic or bridged polycyclic ring assembly.
[0059] "Bicycloaryl" means a bicyclic ring assembly wherein the rings are linked by a single bond or fused and at least one of the rings comprising the assembly is aromatic. Cx bicycloaryl and Cχ.γ bicycloaryl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the bicyclic ring assembly and directly attached to the ring.
[0060] "Bridging ring" as used herein refers to a ring that is bonded to another ring to form a compound having a bicyclic structure where two ring atoms that are common to both rings are not directly bound to each other. Non-exclusive examples of common compounds having a bridging ring include borneol, norbornane, 7-oxabicyclo[2.2. l]heptane, and the like.
One or both rings of the bicyclic system may also comprise heteroatoms. [0061] "Carbamoyl" means the radical -OC(O)NRaRb where Ra and Rb are each independently two further substituents where a hydrogen or carbon atom is attached to the nitrogen.
[0062] "Carbocycle" means a ring consisting of carbon atoms.
[0063] "Carbocyclic ketone derivative" means a carbocyclic derivative wherein the ring contains a -CO- moiety.
[0064] "Carbonyl" means the radical -CO-. It is noted that the carbonyl radical may be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different carbonyl groups including acids, acid halides, aldehydes, amides, esters, and ketones.
[0065] "Carboxy" means the radical -CO2-. It is noted that compounds of the invention containing carboxy moieties may include protected derivatives thereof, i.e., where the oxygen is substituted with a protecting group. Suitable protecting groups for carboxy moieties include benzyl, tert-butyl, and the like.
[0066] "Cyano" means the radical -CN.
[0067] "Cycloalkyl" means a non-aromatic, saturated or partially unsaturated, monocyclic, fused bicyclic or bridged polycyclic ring assembly. Cx cycloalkyl and Cχ_γ cycloalkyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the ring assembly. For example, C3-10 cycloalkyl includes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 2,5-cyclohexadienyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl, adamantan-1-yl, decahydronaphthyl, oxocyclohexyl, dioxocyclohexyl, thiocyclohexyl,
2-oxobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-l-yl, and the like.
[0068] "Cycloalkylene" means a divalent saturated or partially unsaturated, monocyclic or polycyclic ring assembly. Cx cycloalkylene and Cχ.γ cycloalkylene are typically used where
X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the ring assembly.
[0069] "Disease" specifically includes any unhealthy condition of an animal or part thereof and includes an unhealthy condition that may be caused by, or incident to, medical or veterinary therapy applied to that animal, i.e., the "side effects" of such therapy.
[0070] "Fused ring" as used herein refers to a ring that is bonded to another ring to form a compound having a bicyclic structure where the ring atoms that are common to both rings are directly bound to each other. Non-exclusive examples of common fused rings include decalin, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, indole, furan, benzofuran, quinoline, and the like. Compounds having fused ring systems may be saturated, partially saturated, carbocyclics, heterocyclics, aromatics, heteroaromatics, and the like. [0071] "Halo" means fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.
[0072] "Halo-substituted alkyl", as an isolated group or part of a larger group, means "alkyl" substituted by one or more "halo" atoms, as such terms are defined in this Application. Halo-substituted alkyl includes haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, perhaloalkyl and the like (e.g. halo-substituted (C1-3)alkyl includes chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, perfluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-l,l-dichloroethyl, and the like).
[0073] "Heteroaryl" means a cyclic aromatic group having five or six ring atoms, wherein at least one ring atom is a heteroatom and the remaining ring atoms are carbon. The nitrogen atoms can be optionally quaternerized and the sulfur atoms can be optionally oxidized. Heteroaryl groups of this invention include, but are not limited to, those derived from furan, imidazole, isothiazole, isoxazole, oxadiazole, oxazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrroline, thiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, triazole and tetrazole. "Heteroaryl" also includes, but is not limited to, bicyclic or tricyclic rings, wherein the heteroaryl ring is fused to one or two rings independently selected from the group consisting of an aryl ring, a cycloalkyl ring, a cycloalkenyl ring, and another monocyclic heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl ring. These bicyclic or tricyclic heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, those derived from benzo[b]furan, benzo[b]thiophene, benzimidazole, imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine, quinazoline, thieno[2,3-c]pyridine, thieno[3,2-b]pyridine, thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, indolizine, imidazo[l,2a]pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, phthalazine, quinoxaline, naphthyridine, quinolizine, indole, isoindole, indazole, indoline, benzoxazole, benzopyrazole, benzothiazole, imidazo[l,5-a]pyridine, pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyridine, imidazo[l,2-a]pyrimidine, imidazo[l,2- c]pyrimidine, imidazo[l,5-a]pyrimidine, imidazo[l,5-c]pyrimidine, pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine, pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine, pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine, pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridine, pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidine, pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidine, pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrazine, pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyridine, pyrrolo[l,2-b]pyridazine, pyrrolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine, pyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrimidine, pyrrolo[l,2- a]pyrazine, triazo[l,5-a]pyridine, pteridine, purine, carbazole, acridine, phenazine, phenothiazene, phenoxazine, l,2-dihydropyrrolo[3,2,l-/w']indole, indolizine, pyrido[l,2- a]indole and 2(lH)-pyridinone. The bicyclic or tricyclic heteroaryl rings can be attached to the parent molecule through either the heteroaryl group itself or the aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocycloalkyl group to which it is fused. The heteroaryl groups of this invention can be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0074] "Heteroaryloxy" means an oxygen moiety having a further heteroaryl substituent. The heteroaryloxy groups of the present invention can be optionally substituted. [0075] "Heteroatom" refers to an atom that is not a carbon atom. Particular examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. [0076] "Heteroatom moiety" includes a moiety where the atom by which the moiety is attached is not a carbon. Examples of heteroatom moieties include -N=, -NRC-, -N+(O~)=, -O-, -S- or -S(O)2-, wherein Rc is further substituent.
[0077] "Heterobicycloalkyl" means bicycloalkyl, as defined in this Application, provided that one or more of the atoms within the ring is a heteroatom. For example hetero(C9-12)bicycloalkyl as used in this application includes, but is not limited to, 3-aza- bicyclo[4.1.0]hept-3-yl, 2-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-2-yl , 3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yl, and the like.
[0078] "Heterobicycloaryl" means bicycloaryl, as defined in this Application, provided that one or more of the atoms within the ring is a heteroatom. For example, hetero(C4-1o)bicycloaryl as used in this Application includes, but is not limited to, 2-amino- 4-oxo-3,4-dihydropteridin-6-yl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and the like. [0079] "Heterocycloalkyl" means cycloalkyl, as defined in this Application, provided that one or more of the atoms forming the ring is a heteroatom selected, independently from N, O, or S. Non-exclusive examples of heterocycloalkyl include piperidyl, 4-morpholyl, 4- piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, perhydropyrrolizinyl, 1,4-diazaperhydroepinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,4- dioxanyl and the like.
[0080] "Heterocycloalkylene" means cycloalkylene, as defined in this Application, provided that one or more of the ring member carbon atoms is replaced by a heteroatom. [0081] "Hydroxy" means the radical -OH.
[0082] "Iminoketone derivative" means a derivative comprising the moiety -C(NR)-, wherein R comprises a hydrogen or carbon atom attached to the nitrogen. [0083] "Isomers" mean any compound having an identical molecular formulae but differing in the nature or sequence of bonding of their atoms or in the arrangement of their atoms in space. Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed "stereoisomers." Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed "diastereomers" and stereoisomers that are nonsuperimposable mirror images are termed "enantiomers" or sometimes "optical isomers." A carbon atom bonded to four nonidentical substituents is termed a "chiral center." A compound with one chiral center has two enantiomeric forms of opposite chirality. A mixture of the two enantiomeric forms is termed a "racemic mixture." A compound that has more than one chiral center has 2""1 enantiomeric pairs, where n is the number of chiral centers. Compounds with more than one chiral center may exist as ether an individual diastereomer or as a mixture of diastereomers, termed a "diastereomeric mixture." When one chiral center is present a stereoisomer may be characterized by the absolute configuration of that chiral center. Absolute configuration refers to the arrangement in space of the substituents attached to the chiral center. Enantiomers are characterized by the absolute configuration of their chiral centers and described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn, Ingold and Prelog. Conventions for stereochemical nomenclature, methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well known in the art (e.g., see "Advanced Organic Chemistry", 4th edition, March, Jerry, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1992).
[0084] "Leaving group" means a moiety that may be displaced by nucleophilic substitution. Exemplary nucleophilically displaceable leaving groups, include, but are not limited to halo (fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo), thio, hydroxyl, nitro, azido, phenylsulfoxido, aryloxy, alkoxy, alkylsulfonate (particularly methylsulphonyloxy), and arylsulfonate (particularly p-tolylsulphonyloxy). A myriad of suitable leaving groups are known to those of skill in the art and may be used herein. [0085] "Nitro" means the radical -NO2.
[0086] "Oxaalkyl" means an alkyl, as defined above, except where one or more oxygen atoms (-O-) are positioned between carbon atoms of the alkyl. For example, an (C2-6)oxaalkyl refers to a chain comprising between 2 and 6 carbons and one or more oxygen atoms positioned between the carbon atoms.
[0087] "Oxoalkyl" means an alkyl, further substituted with a carbonyl group. The carbonyl group may be an aldehyde, ketone, ester, amide, acid, or acid chloride. [0088] "Pharmaceutically acceptable" means that which is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable and includes that which is acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use.
[0089] "Pharmaceutically acceptable salts" means salts of inhibitors of the present invention which are pharmaceutically acceptable, as defined above, and which possess the desired pharmacological activity. Such salts include acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, heptanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartatic acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, o-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, ^-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-l-carboxylic acid, glucoheptonic acid, 4,4'-methylenebis(3-hydroxy-2-ene-l -carboxylic acid), 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic acid and the like. [0090] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts also include base addition salts which may be formed when acidic protons present are capable of reacting with inorganic or organic bases. Acceptable inorganic bases include sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide and calcium hydroxide. Acceptable organic bases include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine and the like.
[0091] "Prodrug" means a compound that is convertible in vivo metabolically into an inhibitor according to the present invention. The prodrug itself may or may not also have DPP-TV inhibitory activity. For example, an inhibitor comprising a hydroxy group may be administered as an ester that is converted by hydrolysis in vivo to the hydroxy compound. Suitable esters that may be converted in vivo into hydroxy compounds include acetates, citrates, lactates, tartrates, malonates, oxalates, salicylates, propionates, succinates, fumarates, maleates, methylene-bis-b-hydroxynaphthoates, gentisates, isethionates, di-p-toluoyltartrates, methanesulfonates, ethanesulfonates, benzenesulfonates, p-toluenesulfonates, cyclohexylsulfamates, quinates, esters of amino acids, and the like. Similarly, an inhibitor comprising an amine group may be administered as an amide that is converted by hydrolysis in vivo to the amine compound.
[0092] "Protected derivatives" means derivatives of inhibitors in which a reactive site or sites are blocked with protecting groups. Protected derivatives are useful in the preparation of inhibitors or in themselves may be active as inhibitors. A comprehensive list of suitable protecting groups can be found in T.W. Greene, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1999.
[0093] "Substituted or unsubstituted" means that a given moiety may consist of only hydrogen substituents through available valencies (unsubstituted) or may further comprise one or more non-hydrogen substituents through available valencies (substituted) that are not otherwise specified by the name of the given moiety. For example, isopropyl is an example of an ethylene moiety that is substituted by -CH3. In general, a non-hydrogen substituent may be any substituent that may be bound to an atom of the given moiety that is specified to be substituted. Examples of substituents include, but are not limited to, aldehyde, alicyclic, aliphatic, alkyl, alkylene, alkylidene, amide, amino, aminoalkyl, aromatic, aryl, bicycloalkyl, bicycloaryl, carbamoyl, carbocyclyl, carboxyl, carbonyl group, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, ester, halo, heterobicycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylene, heteroaryl, heterobicycloaryl, heterocycloalkyl, oxo, hydroxy, iminoketone, ketone, nitro, oxaalkyl, and oxoalkyl moieties, each of which may optionally also be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0094] "Sulfinyl" means the radical -SO-. It is noted that the sulfinyl radical may be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different sulfinyl groups including sulfinic acids, sulfinamides, sulfinyl esters, and sulfoxides.
[0095] "Sulfonyl" means the radical -SO2-. It is noted that the sulfonyl radical may be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different sulfonyl groups including sulfonic acids, sulfonamides, sulfonate esters, and sulfones.
[0096] "Therapeutically effective amount" means that amount which, when administered to an animal for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease. [0097] "Thiocarbonyl" means the radical -CS-. It is noted that the thiocarbonyl radical may be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different thiocarbonyl groups including thioacids, thioamides, thioesters, and thioketones.
[0098] "Treatment" or "treating" means any administration of a compound of the present invention and includes: ( 1 ) preventing the disease from occurring in an animal which may be predisposed to the disease but does not yet experience or display the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, (2) inhibiting the disease in an animal that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the diseased (i.e., arresting further development of the pathology and/or symptomatology), or (3) ameliorating the disease in an animal that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease (i.e., reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology) .
[0099] It is noted in regard to all of the definitions provided herein that the definitions should be interpreted as being open ended in the sense that further substituents beyond those specified may be included. Hence, a alkyl indicates that there is one carbon atom but does not indicate what are the substituents on the carbon atom. Hence, a alkyl comprises methyl (i. e. , -CH3) as well as -CRaRbRc where Ra, R , and Rc may each independently be hydrogen or any other substituent where the atom attached to the carbon is a heteroatom or cyano. Hence, CF3, CH2OH and CH2CN, for example, are all Q alkyls. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0100] The present invention relates to compounds, compositions, kits and articles of manufacture that may be used to inhibit dipeptidyl peptidases TV (referred to herein as DPP- IV).
[0101] DPP-TV (EC.3.4.14.5 also known as DPP4, DP4, DAP-IV, adenosine deaminase complexing protein 2, adenosine deaminase binding protein (ADAbp) or CD26) is a 766 residue, 240kDa protein that is a highly specific membrane bound non-classical serine aminodipeptidase. DPP-TV has a serine type mechanism of protease activity, cleaving off dipeptides from the amino-terminus of peptides with proline or alanine at the penultimate position. In addition the slow release of dipeptides of the type X-Gly or X-Ser is reported for some naturally occurring peptides. DPP-TV is constitutively expressed on epithelial and endothelial cells of a variety of different tissues (intestine, liver, lung, kidney and placenta), and is also found in body fluids. DPP-TV is also expressed on circulating T-lymphocytes and has been shown to be synonymous with the cell-surface antigen, CD-26. The wild-type form of full length DPP-TV is described in GenBank Accession Number NM_001935 ("Dipeptidyl peptidase TV (CD 26) gene expression in enterocyte-like colon cancer cell lines HT-29 and Caco-2. Cloning of the complete human coding sequence and changes of dipeptidyl peptidase TV mRNA levels during cell differentiation", Darmoul, D., Lacasa, M., Baricault, L., Marguet, D., Sapin, C, Trotot, P., Barbat, A. and Trugnan, G., J. Biol. Chem., 267 (7), 4824-4833, 1992).
[0102] DPP-TV is a member of the S9 family of serine proteases, more particularly the S9B family. Other members of the S9 family include, but are not limited to: Subfamily S9A: Dipeptidyl-peptidase; Oligopeptidase B (EC 3.4.21.83 : Oligopeptidase B; Prolyl oligopeptidase (EC 3.4.21.26); Subfamily S9B: Dipeptidyl aminopeptidase A; Dipeptidyl aminopeptidase B Dipeptidyl-peptidase TV (EC 3.4.14.5); Dipeptidyl-peptidase V Fibroblast activation protein alpha subunit; Seprase Subfamily S9C: Acylaminoacyl-peptidase (EC 3.4.19.1) [0103] It is noted that the compounds of the present invention may also possess inhibitory activity for other S9 family members and thus may be used to address disease states associated with these other family members. 1. CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF DPP-IV
[0104] Syrrx, Inc. (San Diego, California) recently solved the crystal structure of DPP-TV. Knowledge of the crystal structure was used to guide the design of the DPP-TV inhibitors provided herein.
[0105] DPP-TV is a cylindrical shaped molecule with an approximate height of 70 A and a diameter of 60 A. The catalytic triad of DPP-TV (Ser642, Asp720 and His752) is located in the peptidase domain or catalytic domain of DPP-TV. The catalytic domain is covalently linked to the β-propeller domain. The catalytic domain of DPP-TV includes residues 1-67 and 511-778. The catalytic domain of DPP-TV adopts a characteristic α/β hydrolase fold. The core of this domain contains an 8-stranded β-sheet with all strands being parallel except one. The α-sheet is significantly twisted and is flanked by three α-helices on one side and five α- helices on the other. The topology of the β-strands is 1, 2, -lx, 2x and (lx) (J. S. Richardson: The anatomy and taxonomy of protein structure; (1981) Adv. Protein Chem. 269, 15076- 15084.). A number of residues were identified that contribute to the shape and charge characteristics of the active site. Knowledge of these residues has been an important contribution to the design of DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention.
2. DPP-IV INHIBITORS
[0106] In one embodiment, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae la or lb:
Figure imgf000021_0001
Ia lb wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO , and C=NR4; Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1- )alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, and a substituted or unsubstituted 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C -12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-i2)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, ary^ .^alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; L is a linker providing 0-6 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached; and X is selected from the group consisting of (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0107] In another embodiment, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise the compound of Formulae Ha or Db:
Figure imgf000022_0001
lla lib wherein n is O, 1, 2, or 3; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR4; Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, and a substituted or unsubstituted 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C -12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-1 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(Cs-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-s)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1.3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1- )alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; P> is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted
Figure imgf000023_0001
a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-10)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; and X is selected from the group consisting of (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0108] In another embodiment, DPP-IV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae ffla or Tub:
Figure imgf000024_0001
wherein m is O, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; n is O, 1, 2, or 3; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR ; Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, and a substituted or unsubstituted 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3.12)cycloalkyl(C1.5)alkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1- )alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, ρerhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1- )alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C -12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl ( ^alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R ' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; R-t is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and Rg are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-10)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-10)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; and each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, CF3, (C1-1o)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0109] In another embodiment, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae TVa, TVb, TVc, TVd, TVe, or TVf :
Figure imgf000026_0001
wherein n is O, 1, 2, or 3; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR4; each of T, U, V, W and Y is independently nitrogen or CR16, provided that no more than two of T, U, V, W and Y are nitrogen; Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, and a substituted or unsubstituted 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-1 )cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-1 )bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-10)aιkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1,10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-10)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-1o)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; and each R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, CF3, (C1-10)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0110] In another embodiment, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae Va or Vb:
Figure imgf000027_0001
Va Vb wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR4; Ri is selected from the group consisting of (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000028_0001
hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-1 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1.5)alkyl, carbonyl ( ^alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1_1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (Cι-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1- )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R ' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; t is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; and R9 and R10 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, (C1-10)alkyl, (C -12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aτyl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-1 )bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or R and R10 are taken together to form a 5, 6, or 7 membered ring, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0111] In another embodiment, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae Via or VTb:
Figure imgf000029_0001
Via Vlb wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR ; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C -12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-1 )bicycloaryl, (C9-1 )bicycιoaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-1 )cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C -12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl ( ^alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R9 and R10 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(Cι-10)alkyl, amino, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl ( ^alkyl, (C -12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1. )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or R9 and R10 are taken together to form a 5, 6, or 7 membered ring, each substituted or unsubstituted; L is a linker providing 0-6 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached; and X is selected from the group consisting of (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-1 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C -1 )bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0112] In yet another embodiment, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae Vila or VRb:
Figure imgf000030_0001
wherein n is O, 1, 2, or 3; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NRt; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1.5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-1 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1.10)alkyl, (C3-1 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2 and R3 are taken together to form a ring; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-10)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-1o)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; R9 and R10 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-1 )cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl ( ^alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or R9 and R10 are taken together to form a 5, 6, or 7 membered ring, each substituted or unsubstituted; and X is selected from the group consisting of (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0113] In another embodiment, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae Villa or VTJb:
Figure imgf000032_0001
VHIa viπb wherein n is O, 1, 2, or 3; m is O, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR4; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-1 )cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R ' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C^alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C -12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl ( ^alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1- )alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1_1o)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-1o)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, CF3, (C1-10)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; and R9 and R10 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C -12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-1 )bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or R9 and R10 are taken together to form a 5, 6, or 7 membered ring, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0114] In yet another embodiment, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae TXa, TXb, TXc, TXd, LXe, or TXf :
Figure imgf000034_0001
wherein n is O, 1, 2, or 3; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR4; each of T, U, V, W, and Y is independently nitrogen or CR16, provided that no more than two of T, U, V, W, and Y are nitrogen; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-1 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-1 )cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C -12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8.12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl ( ^alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-s)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-10)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-1o)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; each R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, CF3, (C1-1o)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; and R9 and Rio are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl ( ^alkyl, (C -12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or R9 and Rio are taken together to form a 5, 6, or 7 membered ring, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0115] In another embodiment, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae Xa or Xb:
Figure imgf000036_0001
Xa Xb wherein p is 0-10; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR4; Ri is selected from the group consisting of (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-1 )cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(Cι.5)alkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C -1 )cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(Cι-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-i2)bicycloaryl(Ci-5)alkyl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(Ci.5)alkyl, aryl(Cι-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι.ιo)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-ι0)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C -12)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι-ι0)alkyl, heteroaryl (Cι_5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-ιo)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-io)alkyl, heteroaryl (Cι-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8.12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; t is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; and each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, CF3, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0116] In another embodiment, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae XIa or XTb:
Figure imgf000037_0001
wherein p is 0-10; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR ; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-ι )cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, hetero(C -12)bicycloaryl, hetero Cs-^bicycloaryl Ci^alk l, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(Ci-io)alkyl, heteroaryl (Cι-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι_3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι-1o)alkyl, CF3, (C1-1o)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; L is a linker providing 0-6 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached; and X is selected from the group consisting of (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0117] In another embodiment, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae XTfa or XDb:
Figure imgf000039_0001
wherein n is O, 1, 2, or 3; p is 0-10; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR ; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(Cι-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl,
Figure imgf000039_0002
hetero(C -12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (Ci-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι_3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι_3)alkyl, imino (Ci-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-s)alkyl, (C9-ι )bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-1 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(Ci-i0)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-10)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-ιo)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι-10)alkyl, CF3, (C1-10)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; and X is selected from the group consisting of (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C -12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1- )alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0118] In yet another embodiment, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae XHIa or XlJJb:
Figure imgf000040_0001
XHIa Xlllb wherein m is O, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; n is O, 1, 2, or 3; p is 0-10; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR ; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(Ci-5)alkyl, aryl(Ci-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C -ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-ιo)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(Ci o)alkyl, heteroaryl
Figure imgf000041_0001
(C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι_ι0)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-s)alkyl, (C9-1 )bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-1o)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-10)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, CF3, (C1-1o)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; and each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, CF3, (C1-10)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0119] In yet another embodiment, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae XTVa, XTVb, XTVc, XTVd, XTVe, or XTVf:
Figure imgf000042_0001
wherein n is O, 1, 2, or 3; p is 0-10; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR4; each of T, U, V, W, and Y is independently nitrogen or CR16, provided that no more than two of T, U, V, W, and Y are nitrogen; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3.12)cycloalkyl, (C3-1 )cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, (C -12)bicycloaryl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl ( -^alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Ci-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι.ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl
Figure imgf000043_0001
(C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-i2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1- )alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι_ιo)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-ιo)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-ιo)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, CF3, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; and each R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, CF3, (Cι-1o)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0120] In yet another embodiment, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise a compound of Formulae XVa or XVb:
Figure imgf000044_0001
XVa XVb wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR ; M is a moiety providing 1-6 atom separation between R19 and the ring to which M is attached; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-ιo)alkyl, (C32)cycloalkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl(Cι-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-i2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-i2)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aiyloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl ( ^alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R19 comprises a basic nitrogen atom that is capable of interacting with a carboxylic acid side chain of an active site residue of a protein; L is a linker providing 0-6 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached; and X is selected from the group consisting of (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C4-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι_3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0121] In one variation of the above embodiment, L provides 0, 1 , 2, or 3 atom separation between X and the ring. In another variation of the above embodiment, L provides 0 or 1 atom separation between X and the ring. In still variation of the above embodiment, L provides 0 atom separation between X and the ring. In yet another variation of the above embodiment, X is selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl.
[0122] Synthetic intermediates that may be used to synthesize DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention are also provided.
[0123] In one embodiment, the synthetic intermediates comprise Formulae XVIa or XVIb:
Figure imgf000045_0001
Xvla XVIb
wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NRt; Z' is a leaving group; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-i2)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(Cι.5)alkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(Ci-io)alkyl, heteroaryl ( ^alkyl, (C -ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι- )alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, (C3-i2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl (Cι_5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1- )alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; L is a linker providing 0-6 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached; and X is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, and heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0124] In one variation, Z is not alkyl, alkylthio, NNH, NH2, H, H2N-C(O)-NH, cyano, alkoxy, or 2-trimethylsilyl-l-oxazolidinone (TMSO) when -LX is benzyl. In another variation, Z' is not halo when -LX is alkyl.
[0125] According to this embodiment, Z' may optionally be selected from the group consisting of halo, nitro, azido, phenylsulfoxido, aryloxy, alkoxy, alkylsulfonate, and arylsulfonate.
[0126] Also according to this embodiment, Z' may optionally be selected from the group consisting of halo, thio, hydroxyl, p-tolylsulphonyloxy and methylsulphonyloxy.
SUBSTITUENT L:
[0127] In one variation, the present invention comprises compounds where L is a linker providing 0, 1, 2, or 3 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached. In another variation, L provides 0 atom separation between X and the ring. In yet another variation, L provides 0, 1, 2, or 3 atom separation between X and the ring. In still another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where L is a linker providing 1 , 2, or 3 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached. The atoms of the linker providing the separation may optionally be selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur. Optionally according to this variation, the 1, 2, or 3 atoms of L providing the separation comprise and optionally consist of carbon atoms. The 1, 2, or 3 atoms of L providing the separation may also be selected from a group of linkers consisting of at least one oxygen, or at least one nitrogen atom.
[0128] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where L provides 1 atom separation between X and the ring. The 1 atom separation may optionally be provided by a carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur atom. In another variation, L is a carbonyl.
[0129] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where L is a linker providing 0-6 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached, with the proviso that L is not -NH- or -N=CH-.
[0130] In yet another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where L is selected from the group consisting of (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl
(C1- )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0131] In yet another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where L is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CHR12-, -C(R12)(R12>)-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -C(NH)-, -C(NR12)-, -O-, -N(H)~, -N(R12)-, and -S- where R12 and R12> are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(C1.10)alkyl, amino, halo, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (Chalky! (C -12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted or where or R12 and R12> are taken together to form a 5, 6, or 7 membered ring, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0132] In yet another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where L is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2-, -C(O)-, -CH2C(O)-, -C(O)CH2-, -CH2-C(O)CH2-, -C(O)CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2C(O)-, -O-, -OCH2-, -CH2O-, -CH2OCH2-, -OCH2CH2-, -CH2CH2O-, -N(CH3)-, -NHCH2-, -CH2NH-, -CH2NHCH2-, -NHCH2CH2-, -CH2CH2NH-, -NH-C(O)-, -NCH3-C(O)-, -C(O)NH-, -C(O)NCH3-, -NHC(O)CH2-, -C(O)NHCH2-, -C(O)CH2NH-, -CH2NHC(O)-, -CH2C(O)NH-, -NHCH2C(O)-, -S-, -SCH2-, -CH2S-, -SCH2CH2-, -CH2SCH2-, -CH2CH2S-, -C(O)S-, -C(O)SCH2-, -CH2C(O)S-, -C(O)CH2S-, and -CH2SC(O)-. It is noted that one or more of the hydrogens shown may be substituted with other non-hydrogen substituents. [0133] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where L is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -C(O)-, -CH2C(O)-, -C(O)CH2-, -CH2-C(O)CH2-, -C(O)CH2CH2-, and -CH2CH2C(O)-. In the described definitions of the linker L, the 0-6 atom separation refers to the direct linear linkage between the ring and X. As such, branching along the 0-6 atom separation is permitted as is clear from the variations described. SUBSTITUENT X:
[0134] In one variation, the present invention comprises compounds where X is selected from the group consisting of (Cι.ιo)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0135] In yet another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where X is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, and heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0136] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where X is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl. For example, X may be a substituted or unsubstituted (C3-7)cycloalkyl or a substituted or unsubstituted
(C3-7)heterocycloalkyl.
[0137] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where X is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl. For example, X may be a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
[0138] In yet another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where X is a ring having a non-hydrogen substituent at a 2 or 3 position of the ring.
[0139] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where X has a non-hydrogen substituent at a 2 or 3 position of the ring where the non-hydrogen substituent is selected from the group consisting of (Cι-ι0)alkyl, (C3-ι )cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl
(C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Ci-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, nitro, halo, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0140] In particular variations, X is selected from the group consisting of (2- cyano)phenyl; (3-cyano)phenyl; (2-hydroxy)phenyl; (3-hydroxy)phenyl; (2-alkenyl)phenyl; (3- alkenyl)phenyl; (2-alkynyι)phenyl; (3-alkynyl)phenyl; (2-methoxy)phenyl; (3- methoxy)phenyl; (2-nitro)phenyl; (3-nitro)phenyl; (2-carboxy)phenyl; (3-carboxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-carboxamido)phenyl; (3-carboxamido)phenyl; (2-sulfonarnido)phenyl; (3- sulfonamido)phenyl; (2-tetrazolyl)phenyl; (3-tetrazolyl)phenyl; (2-aminomethyl)phenyl; (3- aminomethyl)phenyl; (2-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; (3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; (2-phenyl)phenyl;
(3-ρhenyl)phenyl; (2-halo)ρhenyl; (3-halo)phenyl; (2-CONH2)phenyl; (3-CONH2)phenyl;
(2-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; (3-CONH(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; (2-CO2(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; (3- CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; (2-NH2)phenyl; (3-NH2)phenyl; (2-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; (3-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; (2-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; (3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; (2-aryl)phenyl; (3-aryl)phenyl; (2-heteroaryl)phenyl; (3-heteroaryl)phenyl; 2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl; 2- chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; 2-cyano-5-fluoro phenyl; 2,5-dichloro phenyl; 2,5-difluoro phenyl; 2,5-dibromo phenyl; 2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; 2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; 2,3,5- trifluoro phenyl; 2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl; 2-bromo-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; 2-chloro-3,5,6- trifluoro phenyl; 2-cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; 2-cyano-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; (2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and (3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0141] In yet another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where X is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000050_0001
wherein A is S, O, or NR21; B is CR20, or N; R2o is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, amino, thio, cyano, CF3, nitro, (Cι.ιo)aikyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι_ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, imino group, carbonyl group, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, sulfinyl group; and R2ι is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, imino group, carbonyl group, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, sulfinyl group.
[0142] In yet another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where X is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000051_0001
wherein t is O, 1, 2, or 3; and each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, CF3, (C1-10)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0143] In yet another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where X is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000051_0002
wherein t is O, 1, 2, or 3; and each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, CF3, (C1-10)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0144] According to each of the above variations, R7 may independently be selected from the group consisting of -cyano, -methoxy, -nitro, -carboxy, -sulfonamido, -tetrazolyl, -aminomethyl, -hydroxymethyl, -phenyl, -halo, -CONH2, -CONH(C1-7)alkyl, -CO2(C1-7)alkyl, -NH , -OH, -(C1-5)alkyl, -alkenyl, -alkynyl, -CCH, (C1-5)cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0145] In yet another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where -LX is -ORn, where Rπ is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, and heterobicycloaryl.
[0146] In yet another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where -L-X taken together is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH )-(3- cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2- alkenyl)phenyl; ~(CH2)-(3-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-alkynyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3- alkynyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)- (2-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3- carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2- sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3- tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aminomethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aminomethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2- hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)~(3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)- (3-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-
(3-CONH(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-
CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)- (2-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)- (2-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)- 2-chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dichloro phenyl; - (CH2)-2,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dibromo phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5,6- tetrafluorophenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)- (2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and -(CH2)-(3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0147] In yet another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where -LX is selected from the group consisting of -(C alkyl-aryl, -(C alkyl-bicycloaryl, -aminoaryl, - aminoheteroaryl, -aminobicycloaryl, -aminoheterobicycloaryl, -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, -O- bicycloaryl, -O-heterobicycloaryl, -(S)-aryl, -(S)-heteroaryl, -(S)-bicycloaryl, -S- heterobicycloaryl, -C(O)-aryl, -C(O)-heteroaryl, - C(O)-bicycloaryl, - C(O)-heterobicycloaryl, -C(S)-aryl, -C(S)-heteroaryl, -C(S)-bicycloaryl, -C(S)-heterobicycloaryl, -S(O)-aryl, -S(O)- heteroaryl, -S(O)-bicycloaryl, -SO2-heterobicycloaryl, -SO2-aryl, -SO2-heteroaryl, -SO2- bicycloaryl, -SO2-heterobicycloaryl, -C(NRι3)-aryl, -C(NRι3)-heteroaryl, -C(NRJ3)- bicycloaryl, -C(NRι3)-heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted where Rι3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(Cι-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Ci-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted. SUBSTITUENT Z:
[0148] In one variation, the present invention comprises compounds where Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι-ι0)alkyl, amino, cyano, thio, (Cι-ι0)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι_3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0149] In another variation, Z is selected from the group consisting of (C3-i2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(Ci.io)alkyl, heteroaryl ( ^alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, and hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0150] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where Z is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted. For example, in a particular variation, Z is a substituted or unsubstituted 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring. In one variation, Z is a substituted or unsubstituted 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered cycloalkyl. In another variation, Z is a substituted or unsubstituted 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered heterocycloalkyl. In another variation, Z is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In a particular variation, Z is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In another variation, Z is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
[0151] In another variation, Z comprises a substituted or unsubstituted (C3-7)cycloalkyl ring. Z may also optionally comprise O, N(O), N, S, SO, SO2, or a carbonyl group in the ring. [0152] In another variation, Z is -NR9Rιo where R9 and R10 together are -(CH2)4-6, with or without being interrupted by one O, S, SO, SO2, carbonyl group, N(O), NH, N-(aryl),
N-(aryl(C1-5)alkyl), N-(carboxy(C1-5)alkyl), or N-(C1-2)alkyl) group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0153] In yet another variation, Z is -NR9R10, where R9 is selected from the group consisting of (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-i2)cycloalkyl, (C6-12)aryl, hetero(C5-12)aryl,
(C9-12)bicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted and hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, and R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-8)alkyl.
[0154] In another variation, Z is -NR9R10, where R9 and R10 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted 5, 6, or 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or heterobicycloaryl. In another particular variation, R9 and R10 are taken together to form a pyrrole, pyrazole, triazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, indole, isoindole, piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, homopiperazine, azetidine, and hexahydroazepine, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0155] In another variation, Z is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000054_0001
wherein p is 0-12 and each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, CF3, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0156] In another variation, Z is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000054_0002
wherein r is 0-13 and each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι.ιo)alkyl, CF3, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0157] In another variation, Z is selected from the group consisting of (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl and hetero(C -ι2)bicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0158] In another variation, Z is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, triazole, isoxazole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, oxadiazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, triazine, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, benzothiophene, isobenzothiophene, imidazole, benzimidazole, indole, isoindole, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, quinazoline, naphthyridine, pyridopyridine, quinoxaline, phthalazine, andbenzothiazole, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0159] hi another variation, Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl, 3-aminoazetidin-l-yl, 3-amino-3- methylpiperidin-1-yl, 3-aminocyclopent-l-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclopent-l-yl, 3- aminomethylcyclohex-1-yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin- 1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, R-3-aminopiperidin-l-yl, R-3-amino-3- methylpiperidin-1-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino- pyrrolidin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0160] In another variation, Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, thio, and hydroxyl.
SUBSTITUENT Ri:
[0161] In one variation Ri is selected from the group consisting of (Cι.ιo)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, (C3-i2)cycloalkyl(Cι-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0162] In another variation, R\ is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000055_0001
wherein A is S, O, or NR2ι; B is CR20 or N; R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, thio, cyano, CF3, nitro, (C1-ι0)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl (Cι-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, imino group, carbonyl group, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, sulfinyl group; and R21 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, (Cι-ι0)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (Cι-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, imino group, carbonyl group, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, sulfinyl group. [0163] In another variation, Ri is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000056_0001
wherein t is O, 1, 2, or 3; and each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, ρerhalo(C1-ιo)alkyl, CF3, (Cι-ι0)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0164] In another variation, Ri is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000057_0001
wherein t is O, 1, 2, or 3; and each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, CF3, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
SUBSTITUENTS R AND Rfi:
[0165] In one variation, R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-10)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (Cι.ιo)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring.
[0166] In one variation, R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring. [0167] In another variation, at least one of R5 and R6 is a substituted or unsubstituted -(Cι-8)alkyleneRι7, wherein Rπ is selected from the group consisting of (C3-i2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C -i2)cycloalkyl, (C62)aryl, hetero(C5-ι2)aryl, (C9-ι2)bicycloalkyl, hetero(C9-12)bicycloalkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl and hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0168] In another variation, at least one of R5 and R6 is optionally substituted by one to three radicals selected from the group consisting of (Cι-6)alkyl, cyano, halo, nitro, halo-substituted(Cι-6)alkyl, -NR188, -NRι8C(O)ORι8, -NRι8C(O)NRι88, -NRi8C(NRi8)NR18Ri8, -ORj8, -SRι8, -C(O)ORι8, -C(O)NRι8R18, -S(O)2NR18R18, -P(O)(OR18)OR18, -OP(O)(OR18)ORi8, -NRι8C(O)R18, -S(O)R18, -S(O)2R18, -(Cι-8)alkyleneC(O)Rι8, -(C1-8)alkyleneNR18R18, -(C1-8)alkyleneNRι8C(O)ORι8,
-(Cι-8)alkyleneNRι8C(O)NR18R18, -(C1-8)alkyleneNR18C(NR18)NR18R18, -(C1-8)alkyleneORι8, -(Ci-8)alkyleneSRi8, -(Cι-8)alkyleneC(O)OR18, -(Cι-8)alkyleneC(O)NR18R18,
-(C1-8)alkyleneS(O)2NR18R18, -(C1-8)alkyleneP(O)(OR18)OR18, -(Cι-8)alkyleneOP(O)(ORι8)ORι8, -(Cι-8)alkyleneNRι8C(O)Rι8, -(C1-8)alkyleneS(O)R18,
-(Cι-8)alkyleneS(O)2R18 and -(C1-8)alkyleneC(O)R18 where each R18 substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-8)alkyl.
[0169] According to each of the above variations, at least one of R5 and R6 is optionally substituted by one to three radicals selected from the group consisting of -NH2,
-NHC(NH)NH2, -OH, -SH, -C(O)OH and -C(O)NH2.
[0170] In one variation, the present invention comprises compounds where R5 and R6 are hydrogen. In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where R5 and R6 are hydrogen and n is 1 or 2.
[0171] In still another variation, R5 and R6 are hydrogen and each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, CF3, (C1-10)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted. In yet another variation, R5 and R6 are hydrogen and two R7 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted, fused or bridged ring.
[0172] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where R5 and R6 are hydrogen and two R7 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused or bridged ring. In yet another variation, two R7 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. In still another variation, two R7 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted bridged ring.
[0173] In yet another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where R5 and
R6 are hydrogen, n is 1, and R7 is 2-cyano. In still another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where R5 and R6 are hydrogen and R7 is 2-cyano.
[0174] In yet another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where n is 1 ,
2, or 3; R5 and R6 are hydrogen; and each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι-ι0)alkyl, CF3, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0175] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where n is 1 or 2; Z is selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring; and R5 and R6 are hydrogen. SUBSTITUENT O:
[0176] In one variation, Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2 and C=NRt, where Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted. In another variation, Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO and SO2. In yet another variation, Q is selected from the group consisting of CO and SO2. In still another variation, Q is C=NRt, where Rt is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, and heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted. SUBSTITUENTS R?. RΛ AND R^:
[0177] In one variation, R2, R2', and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-ιo)alkyl, alkene, alkyne, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9.12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted. In another variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is hydrogen. In another variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is selected from the group consisting of -NH2, -NHCH3, -N(CH3)2, -NHCι-3-alkyl, and -N(Cι-3alkyl)2, each substituted or unsubstituted. In yet another variation, R2 and/or R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι.ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl (Cι.5)alkyl, (C -ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0178] In another particular variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is selected from the group consisting of a (C2-ι0)alkenyl; an amino, (Cι.ιo)alkyl, or alkoxy carbonyl (Cι-3)alkenyl; an amino, (C1-10)alkyl ,or alkoxy thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkenyl; an amino, (C1-10)alkyl, or alkoxy sulfonyl (C1.3)alkenyl; an amino, (C1-10)alkyl, or alkoxy sulfinyl (C1-3)alkenyl; an amino, (C1-10)alkyl, or alkoxy imino (C1-3)alkenyl; an aryl (C1-5)alkenyl; and a heteroaryl (C1-5) alkenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted. In yet another particular variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is selected from the group consisting of a (C2-10)alkynyl; an amino, (C1-10)alkyl, or alkoxy carbonyl (C1-3)alkynyl; an amino, (C1-10)alkyl, or alkoxy thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkynyl; an amino, (C1-10)alkyl, or alkoxy sulfonyl (C1-3)alkynyl; an amino, (C1-10)alkyl, or alkoxy sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkynyl; an amino, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, or alkoxy imino (Cι-3)alkynyl; an aryl (Cι-5) alkynyl; and heteroaryl (Cι-5)alkynyl, each substituted or unsubstituted. In another variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is substituted or unsubstituted (C3-7)cycloalkyl. In yet another variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is substituted or unsubstituted (C3-7)heterocycloalkyl.
[0179] In another particular variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In yet another variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In another variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is selected from the group consisting of 2-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorostyryl, 2-methoxyphenyl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, imidazolyl, and 3-furanyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0180] In another variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In yet another variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, -CF3, and hydroxy. In still another variation, at least one of R2 and R2' is hydrogen or hydroxyl. In another variation, R2' and/or R3 is selected from the group consisting of I, Br, CI, and F. In yet another particular variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is -ORι3 where Rι3 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, and heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0181] In one variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is a carbonyl group. In another variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is selected from the group consisting of an aldehyde, acid, amide, and ester. In another variation, R2 and/or R3 is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl, piperidin-1-ylcarbonyl, and morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl, each substituted or unsubstituted. In yet another variation, R2' and/or R3 is selected from the group consisting of -SH, -SCH3, and -S(C1-3)alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted. In yet another variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is -NR14Ri5 where R14 is selected from the group consisting of (C3-i2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C6-12)aryl, hetero(C5-12)aryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl and hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted, and R15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-8)alkyl, and where R14 and R15 together are -(CH2) -5- optionally interrupted by one O, S, NH, or - N(C1-3)alkyl group, unsubstituted or substituted.
[0182] In another variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is selected from the group consisting of a (C1-3)alkyl; an amino, (Cw^alkyl, or alkoxy carbonyl (Cι- )alkyl; an amino, (C1-1o)alkyl, or alkoxy thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl; an amino, (C1-1o)alkyl, or alkoxy sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl; an amino, (C1-10)alkyl, or alkoxy sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl; an amino, (C1-10)alkyl, or alkoxy imino (C1-3)alkyl; an aryl (C1-5)alkyl; and a heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, each unsubstituted or substituted.
[0183] In another particular variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is selected from the group consisting of l,2-dihydro-2-oxo-pyridinyl-, l,4-dihydro-4-oxo-pyridinyl-, 2,3- dihydro-3-oxo-pyridazinyl-, l,2,3,6-tetrahydro-3,6-dioxo-pyridazinyl-, l,2-dihydro-2-oxo- pyrimidinyl-, 3,4-dmydro-4-oxo-pyrimidinyl-, l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,4-dioxo-pyrimidinyl-, 1,2- dihydro-2-oxo-pyrazinyl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,3-dioxo-pyrazinyl-, 2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-indolyl-, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl-, 2,3-dihydro-2-oxo- 1 H-benzimidazolyl-, 2,3-dihydro-2-oxo- benzoxazolyl-, l,2-dihydro-2-oxo-quinolinyl-, l,4-dihydro-4-oxo-quinolinyl-, 1,2-dihydro-l- oxo-iso-quinolinyl-, l,4-dihydro-4-oxo-cinnolinyl-, l,2-dihydro-2-oxo-quinazolinyl-, 1,4- dihydro-4-oxo-quinazolinyl-, 1 ,2,3 ,4-tetrahydro-2,4-dioxo-quinazolinyl-, 1 ,2-dihydro-2-oxo- quinoxalinyl-, l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,3-dioxo-quinoxalinyl-, 1,2-dihydro-l-oxo-phthalazinyl-, l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-l,4-dioxo-phthalazinyl-, chromanyl-, cumarinyl-, 2,3-dihydro- benzo[l,4]dioxinyl-, and 3,4-dihydro-3-oxo-2H-benzo[l,4]oxazinyl-, each unsubstituted or substituted.
[0184] In one variation, at least one of R2, R2', and/or R3 is not hydrogen. In another variation, R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are not hydrogen.
[0185] In yet another variation, R2 or R2' is selected from the group consisting of 2- fluorophenyl, styryl, 4-fluorostyryl, 2-methoxyphenyl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, imidazolyl, and 3- furanyl each unsubstituted or substituted, and R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, and aryl, each unsubstituted or substituted.
[0186] In one particular variation, R2 or R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, carboxyl, cyano, -CH3 and hydroxy, and R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, and aryl, each unsubstituted or substituted. In another particular variation, R2 or R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, carboxyl, cyano, -CH3 and hydroxy, and R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C3-7)cycloalkyl and aryl, each unsubstituted or substituted.
[0187] In one variation, the present invention comprises compounds where R2 or R3 is selected from the group consisting of -NH2, -NHCH3, -N(CH3)2, -NHC1-3-alkyl, and -N(C1-3- alkyl)2 each unsubstituted or substituted; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminoazetidin- 1 -yl,
3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l-yl, 3-aminocyclopent-l-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclopent-l-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex- 1 -yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex- 1 -yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, R-3-aminopiperidin-l-yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-ammo-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0188] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where Q is CO; and Ri is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxy)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
~(CH2)-(2-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-alkynyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-alkynyl)ρhenyl; -(CH )-(2-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-nitro)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(3-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxaπn^o)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aminomethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aminomethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxymemyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hyαj'oxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-halo)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CO2(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-CO2(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)alfyl)phenyl^^
-(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dichloro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dibromo phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl;
-(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and -(CH2)-(3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0189] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where Q is CO; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, 3-ammoazetidin- 1-yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminocyclopent- 1-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclopent- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex- 1 -yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, R-3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0190] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where Q is SO; and Ri is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-cyano)phenyl; ~(CH2)-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-alkynyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-alkynyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-nitro)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(3-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH )-(3-carboxamido)phenyl;
Figure imgf000063_0001
-(CH2)-(3-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aminomethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aminomethyl)phenyl; -(CH )-(2-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH )-(2-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-halo)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-(C3-7^
-(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dichloro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dibromo phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl;
-(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and -(CH2)-(3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0191] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where Q is SO; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl, 3-aminoazetidin-l-yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l-yl, 3-aminocyclopent- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethylcyclopent- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex- 1-yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, R-3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0192] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where Q is SO2; and R] is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-alkynyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-alkynyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-nitro)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aminomemyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aminomethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxymemyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-halo)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CO2(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-CO2(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2M2-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH^
-(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aryl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dichloro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dibromo phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl;
-(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and -(CH2)-(3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0193] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where Q is SO2; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminoazetidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminocyclopent-l-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclopent-l-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex-l-yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, R-3-aminopiperidin-l-yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0194] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where Q is CO; -L-X together are selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH )-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-alkynyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-alkynyl)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(2-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-nitro)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(3-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxanudo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH )-(3-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-armnomemyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aminomethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxymefhyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CO2(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-CO2(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-(^^
-(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dichloro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dibromo phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl;
-(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and -(CH2)-(3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl, 3-aminoazetidin-l-yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l-yl, 3-aminocyclopent-l-yl,
3-aminomefhylcyclopent- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex- 1 -yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, R-3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0195] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where Q is SO; -L-X together are selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH )-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-alkynyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-alkynyl)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(2-methoxy)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(3-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxarnido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-sulfonamido)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(2-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-ar nomemyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aminomethyl)phenyl;
Figure imgf000066_0001
-(CH2)-(3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-halo)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CO2(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-CO2(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-NH2)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(3-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)all£yl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)cycloalky^^ -(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dichloro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dibromo phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH )-2,3,5-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl;
-(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and -(CH2)-(3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl, 3-aminoazetidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminocyclopent- 1 -yl,
3-aminomethylcyclopent- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex- 1 -yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, R-3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0196] In another variation, the present invention comprises compounds where Q is SO2; -L-X together are selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH )-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-alkynyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-alkynyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-nitro)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(3-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxarnido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-armnome yl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aminomethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-halo)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CO2(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CO2(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3^^^
-(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dichloro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dibromo phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl;
-(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and -(CH2)-(3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl, 3-aminoazetidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminocyclopent- 1 -yl,
3-aminomethylcyclopent- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex- 1 -yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, R-3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted. [0197] Compounds according to any one of Formulas I-XVI may be such that R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form an unsubstituted or substituted 5 or 6 membered ring. The ring formed may be a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl or a heteroaryl ring. [0198] In one particular variation, the ring formed is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and may optionally be selected from the group consisting of pyrrole, pyrazole, triazole, isoxazole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, oxadiazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, indole, isoindole, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, quinazoline, naphthyridine, pyridopyridine, quinoxaline, phthalazine, benzothiazole, thiophene, furan and pyran.
[0199] In another particular variation, the ring formed is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl and may be optionally selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, tetrahydrothiophene, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxolanyl, and oxepanyl. [0200] R2 and R3, or R ' and R may optionally be taken together to form a 5 or 6- membered ring where the ring comprises at least one CO group. The 5 or 6-membered ring formed by R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 may also optionally comprise 1-3 nitrogen ring atoms. In one variation, the 5 or 6-membered ring comprises a sulfur ring atom. In another variation, the 5 or 6-membered ring comprises a sulfur ring atom that is in an oxidized form as SO or
SO2.
[0201] The ring formed by taking R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 together may also optionally comprise substituents that form a ring fused to the ring formed by R2 and R3, or R2' and R3.
The fused ring may be further substituted or unsubstituted, and may be a saturated or unsaturated ring. In one variation, the fused ring is a heterocyclic ring.
[0202] The ring formed by taking R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 together may also be further substituted such that a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 membered bridging ring is formed with the 5 or 6 membered ring. The 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 membered ring may be further substituted or unsubstituted, and may be a saturated or unsaturated ring. In another variation, the 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 membered bridged ring may be a heterocyclic ring.
[0203] By taking R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 together to form a ring, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may optionally comprise the formulae:
Figure imgf000069_0001
where j, k, m, n are each independently selected from the group of moieties where the ring atom is either C or N; and the other substituents are as otherwise specified herein. [0204] In one variation of this embodiment, j, k, m and/or n is CR22, where R22 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι.ιo)alkyl, CF3, cyano, nitro, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, a carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted. In a particular variation, k is CR22 where R22 is independently selected from the group consisting of chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, methoxy, morpholin-4-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, and heteroaryloxy, each substituted or unsubstituted.
[0205] In another variation, j, k, m, and n each comprise a carbon ring atom. In another variation, j comprises a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, k comprises a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, m comprises a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, n comprises a nitrogen ring atom.
[0206] In yet another variation, j and m each comprise a nitrogen ring atom or j and k each comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, k and m each comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, k and n each comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In yet another variation, j and n each comprise a nitrogen ring atom, or m and n each comprise a nitrogen ring atom.
[0207] In yet another variation, at least two of j, k, m and n comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, at least three of j, k, m and n comprise a nitrogen ring atom. [0208] According to each of the above variations, the ring formed by j, k, m, n may comprise substituents that form a ring fused to or bridged to the ring formed by j, k, m, n. [0209] Also according to each of the above variations, DPP-TV inhibitors may comprise the formulae illustrated below
A-Position B-Position
A-Position B-Position
Figure imgf000070_0001
with substitution at the A and/or the B-positions. It is believed that compounds that are substituted at the A-position, the B-position, or both the A and B positions exhibit desirable metabolic stability. [0210] By taking R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 together to form a ring, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also optionally comprise one of the below formulae:
Figure imgf000071_0001
wherein each R23 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, CF3, cyano, nitro, alkyl, alkene, alkyne, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, with the proviso that R23 is not alkylthio, arylthio, halo, cyano, nitro, and thio in the case where the ring atom to which R2 is bound is nitrogen; and the other substituents are as otherwise specified herein.
[0211] In one variation, two R23 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused, bridged or spiro ring.
[0212] By taking R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 together to form a ring, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also optionally comprise the below formulae:
Figure imgf000072_0001
wherein p, q, and r are each independently selected from the group of moieties where the ring atom is either C, N, O or S; and the other substituents are as otherwise specified herein.
[0213] In one variation, at least one of p, q, and r is CO. In another variation, at least one of p, q, and r is SO. In another variation, at least one of p, q, and r is SO2. In another variation, at least one of p, q, and r comprises a ring nitrogen atom. In yet another variation, at least two of p, q, and r comprises a ring nitrogen atom.
[0214] In another variation, q and r are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted bridged ring relative to the ring formed by p, q, and r. In yet another variation, two of p, q, and r are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring fused to the ring formed by p, q, and r.
[0215] By taking R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 together to form a ring, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also optionally comprise one of the below formulae:
Figure imgf000073_0001
wherein each R23 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, CF3, cyano, nitro, alkyl, alkene, alkyne, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, with the proviso that R23 is not alkylthio, arylthio, halo, cyano, nitro, and thio in the case where the ring atom to which R23 is bound is nitrogen; and the other substituents are as otherwise specified herein.
[0216] In one variation, two R23 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted bridged or spiro ring.
[0217] By taking R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 together to form a ring, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also optionally comprise one of the below formulae:
Figure imgf000073_0002
wherein p, q, and r are each independently selected from the group of moieties where the ring atom is either C, N, O or S; and the substituents are as otherwise specified herein. [0218] In one variation, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention comprise one of the above formulae wherein r and/or q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO or SO2. In another variation, q comprises a ring nitrogen atom. In another variation, p comprises a ring nitrogen atom. In yet another variation, r comprises a ring nitrogen atom. In another variation, at least two of p, q, and r comprise a ring nitrogen atom. In yet another variation, two of p, q, and r are taken together and substituted through available valencies to form a substituted or unsubstituted ring fused or bridged to the ring formed by p, q, and r. In yet another variation, two of p, q, and r are taken together to form a bridged or fused ring. [0219] By taking R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 together to form a ring, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also optionally comprise one of the below formulae:
Figure imgf000074_0001
wherein j, k, m, n are each independently selected from the group of moieties where the ring atom is either C, N, O or S; and the other substituents are as otherwise specified herein.
[0220] In one variation, j, k, m and n each comprise a carbon ring atom. In another variation, at least one of j, k, m and n comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, j and k each comprises a nitrogen ring atom or j and k each comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, k and m each comprises a nitrogen ring atom or k and n each comprises a nitrogen atom. In yet another variation, j and n each comprises a nitrogen ring atom or m and n each comprise a nitrogen ring atom.
[0221] In another variation, at least two of j, k, m and n comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In yet another variation, at least three of j, k, m and n comprise a nitrogen ring atom. [0222] In another variation of the invention, at least one of j, k, m and n is CO. In another variation, at least one of j, k, m and n is SO. In yet another variation, at least one of j, k, m and n is SO2.
[0223] In another variation, the ring formed by j , k, m, n comprises substituents, through available valencies, that form a ring fused or bridged to the ring formed by j, k, m, n. [0224] By taking R2 and R3, or R2' and R together to form a ring, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also optionally comprise the below formulae:
Figure imgf000075_0001
wherein j, k, m, n are each independently selected from the group of moieties where the ring atom is either C, N, O or S; and the other substituents are as otherwise specified herein.
[0225] In one variation of the invention, at least one of j, k, m and n is CO. In another variation, at least one of j, k, m and n is SO. In yet another variation, at least one of j, k, m and n is SO2.
[0226] In another variation, j, k, m and n each comprise a carbon ring atom. [0227] In another variation, j comprises a nitrogen ring atom. In yet another variation, k comprises a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, m comprises a nitrogen ring atom. In yet another variation, n comprises a nitrogen ring atom.
[0228] In another variation, j and k each comprise a nitrogen ring atom or j and m each comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In yet another variation, k and m each comprise a nitrogen ring atom or k and n each comprise a nitrogen atom. In another variation, j and n each comprise a nitrogen ring atom or m and n each comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In yet another variation, at least two of j, k, m and n comprise a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, at least three of j, k, m and n comprise a nitrogen ring atom.
[0229] In another variation of the invention, the ring formed by j , k, m, and n comprises substituents that form a ring fused to the ring formed by j, k, m, and n. In yet another variation, the ring formed by j, k, m, and n comprises substituents that form a bridged ring relative to the ring formed by j, k, m, and n. SUBSTITUENTS M AND R1Q:
[0230] In one embodiment, M is a moiety providing 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 atom separation between Rι9 and the ring to which M is attached. In one variation, M provides 1, 2, 3, or 4 atom separation between Rι9 and the ring. In another variation, M provides 1, 2, or 3 atom separation between Rι9 and the ring.
[0231] In yet another variation, M is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2-, -C(O)-, -CH2C(O)-, -C(O)CH2-, -CH2-C(O)CH2-, -C(O)CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2C(O)-, -O-, -OCH2-, -CH2O-, -CH2OCH2-, -OCH2CH2-, -CH2CH2O-, -N(CH3)-, -NHCH2-, -CH2NH-, -CH2NHCH2-, -NHCH2CH2-, -CH2CH2NH-, -NH-C(O)-, -NCH3-C(O)-, -C(O)NH-, -C(O)NCH3-, -NHC(O)CH2-, -C(O)NHCH2-, -C(O)CH2NH-, -CH2NHC(O)-, -CH2C(O)NH-, -NHCH2C(O)-, -S-, -SCH2-, -CH2S-, -SCH2CH2-, -CH2SCH2-, -CH2CH2S-, -C(O)S-, -C(O)SCH2-, -CH2C(O)S-, -C(O)CH2S-, and -CH2SC(O)-, each unsubstituted or substituted.
[0232] In one embodiment, Rι9 comprises a basic nitrogen atom that is capable of interacting with a carboxylic acid side chain of an active site residue of a protein. In one variation, Rι is selected from the group consisting of a primary, secondary, or tertiary amine, a heterocycloalkyl comprising a nitrogen ring atom, and a heteroaryl comprising a nitrogen ring atom. In another variation, Rι9 is selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring wherein at least one substituent is selected from the group consisting of a primary, secondary, or tertiary amine, a heterocycloalkyl comprising a nitrogen ring atom, and a heteroaryl comprising a nitrogen ring atom. [0233] In still another variation, the basic nitrogen of Rι9 is separated from the ring atom to which M is attached by between 1-5 atoms. In another variation, the basic nitrogen of Rι9 forms part of a primary, secondary, or tertiary amine. In yet a further variation, R19 is selected from the group consisting of a heterocycloalkyl comprising a nitrogen ring atom or a heteroaryl comprising a nitrogen ring atom. [0234] In one variation, -MR19 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000076_0001
wherein p is 0-12 and each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, CF3, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, with the proviso that at least one R8 includes the basic nitrogen of Rι9. [0235] In another variation, -MRι9 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000077_0001
wherein r is 0-13 and each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Ci-io)alkyl, CF3, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, with the proviso that at least one R8 includes the basic nitrogen of R19.
[0236] In one particular variation, at least one R8 is a primary, secondary, or tertiary amine. In another particular variation, at least one R8 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl comprising a nitrogen ring atom or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl comprising a nitrogen ring atom. In still another variation, at least one R8 is selected from the group consisting of -NH2, -NH(C1-5 alkyl), -N(Cι_5 alkyl)2, piperazine, imidazole, and pyridine. Particular examples of synthetic intermediates
[0237] In one embodiment, particular examples of synthetic intermediates useful for the production of DPP-TV inhibitors according to the present invention include, but are not limited to: 2-(6-Chloro-2-oxo-2H-pyridin- 1 -ylmethyl)-benzonitrile; and 2-(3-Bromo-6-chloro-2-oxo-2H-pyridin- 1 -ylmethyl)-benzonitrile. Particular examples of DPP-IV inhibitors
[0238] Particular examples of DPP-TV inhibitors according to the present invention include, but are not limited to: (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)methyl) benzonitrile; (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl)-3-bromo-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)- yl)methyl)benzonitrile; (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- l-yl)-2-oxo-3-(pyridin-3-yl)pyridin- 1 (2H)- yl)methyl)benzonitrile; (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl)-2-oxo-3-(prop- 1 -ynyl)pyridin- 1 (2H)- yl)methyl)benzonitrile; and (R,E)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl)-2-oxo-3-(2-(pyridin-3-yl)vinyl)pyridin- 1 (2H)- yl)methyl)benzonitrile.
[0239] In another embodiment, the present invention provides the compounds in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
[0240] In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides the compounds present in a mixture of stereoisomers. In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides the compounds as a single stereoisomer.
[0241] In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compound as an active ingredient. In yet another variation, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions wherein the composition is a solid formulation adapted for oral administration. In yet another particular variation, the present invention provides pharmaceutical composition wherein the composition is a tablet. In another particular variation, the present invention provides the pharmaceutical composition wherein the composition is a liquid formulation adapted for oral administration. In yet another particular variation, the present invention provides pharmaceutical composition wherein the composition is a liquid formulation adapted for parenteral administration. [0242] In yet another particular variation, the present invention provides the pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the invention wherein the composition is adapted for administration by a route selected from the group consisting of orally, parenterally, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intraarterially, transdermally, sublingually, intramuscularly, rectally, transbuccally, intranasally, liposomally, via inhalation, vaginally, intraoccularly, via local delivery (for example by catheter or stent), subcutaneously, intraadiposally, intraarticularly, and intrathecally.
[0243] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a kit comprising a compound of the present invention and instructions which comprise one or more forms of information selected from the group consisting of indicating a disease state for which the compound is to be administered, storage information for the compound, dosing information and instructions regarding how to administer the compound. In another embodiment, the present invention provides the kit that comprises the compound in a multiple dose form. [0244] In another embodiment, the present invention provides an article of manufacture comprising a compound of the present invention, and packaging materials. In another variation, the packaging material comprises a container for housing the compound. In yet another variation, the invention provides the article of manufacture wherein the container comprises a label indicating one or more members of the group consisting of a disease state for which the compound is to be administered, storage information, dosing information and/or instructions regarding how to administer the composition.
[0245] In another variation, the present invention provides the article of manufacture wherein the article of manufacture comprises the compound in a multiple dose form. [0246] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of inhibiting DPP-TV comprising contacting DPP-TV with a compound according to the present invention. [0247] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of inhibiting DPP-TV comprising causing a compound according to the present invention to be present in a subject in order to inhibit DPP-TV in vivo.
[0248] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of inhibiting DPP-TV comprising: administering a first compound to a subject that is converted in vivo to a second compound wherein the second compound inhibits DPP-TV in vivo, the second compound being a compound of the present invention.
[0249] In another embodiment, the present invention provides therapeutic method comprising: administering a compound according to the present invention to a subject. [0250] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating a disease state for which DPP-TV possesses activity that contributes to the pathology and/or symptomology of the disease state, the method comprising causing a compound of the present invention to be present in a subject in a therapeutically effective amount for the disease state. [0251] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating a disease where the disease is type I or type U diabetes. [0252] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
[0253] In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating cancer where the cancer treated is colorectal, prostate, breast, thyroid, skin, lung, or head and neck.
[0254] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating autoimmune disorders such as, but not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, and multiple sclerosis in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
[0255] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating a condition characterized by inadequate lymphocyte or hemapoietic cell activation or concentration in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
[0256] In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating a condition characterized by inadequate lymphocyte or hemapoietic cell activation or concentration in a patient in need thereof, wherein the condition is a side effect of chemotherapy or radiation therapy.
[0257] In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating a condition characterized by inadequate lymphocyte or hemapoietic cell activation or concentration in a patient in need thereof, wherein the condition is a result of kidney failure.
[0258] In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating a condition characterized by inadequate lymphocyte or hemapoietic cell activation or concentration in a patient in need thereof, wherein the condition is a result of a bone marrow disorder.
[0259] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating HTV infection in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
[0260] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating a condition characterized by immunodeficiency symptoms in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present invention.
[0261] It is noted in regard to all of the embodiments, and any further embodiments, variations, or individual compounds described or claimed herein that all such embodiments, variations, and/or individual compounds are intended to encompass all pharmaceutical acceptable salt forms whether in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers unless it is specifically specified otherwise. Similarly, when one or more potentially chiral centers are present in any of the embodiments, variations, and/or individual compounds specified or claimed herein, both possible chiral centers are intended to be encompassed unless it is specifically specified otherwise. A. Salts, Hydrates, and Prodrugs of DPP-IV Inhibitors [0262] It should be recognized that the compounds of the present invention may be present and optionally administered in the form of salts, hydrates and prodrugs that are converted in vivo into the compounds of the present invention. For example, it is within the scope of the present invention to convert the compounds of the present invention into and use them in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts derived from various organic and inorganic acids and bases in accordance with procedures well known in the art. [0263] When the compounds of the present invention possess a free base form, the compounds can be prepared as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt by reacting the free base form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acid, e.g., hydrohalides such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide; other mineral acids and their corresponding salts such as sulfate, nitrate, phosphate, etc.; and alkyl and monoarylsulfonates such as ethanesulfonate, toluenesulfonate and benzenesulfonate; and other organic acids and their corresponding salts such as acetate, tartrate, maleate, succinate, citrate, benzoate, salicylate and ascorbate. Further acid addition salts of the present invention include, but are not limited to: adipate, alginate, arginate, aspartate, bisulfate, bisulfite, bromide, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, caprylate, chloride, chlorobenzoate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dihydrogenphosphate, dinitrobenzoate, dodecylsulfate, fumarate, galacterate (from mucic acid), galacturonate, glucoheptaoate, gluconate, glutamate, glycerophosphate, hemisuccinate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hippurate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, iodide, isethionate, iso- butyrate, lactate, lactobionate, malate, malonate, mandelate, metaphosphate, methanesulfonate, methylbenzoate, monohydrogenphosphate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oxalate, oleate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, phenylacetate, 3- phenylpropionate, phosphate, phosphonate and phthalate. It should be recognized that the free base forms will typically differ from their respective salt forms somewhat in physical properties such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to their respective free base forms for the purposes of the present invention. [0264] When the compounds of the present invention possess a free acid form, a pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt can be prepared by reacting the free acid form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic base. Examples of such bases are alkali metal hydroxides including potassium, sodium and lithium hydroxides; alkaline earth metal hydroxides such as barium and calcium hydroxides; alkali metal alkoxides, e.g. potassium ethanolate and sodium propanolate; and various organic bases such as ammonium hydroxide, piperidine, diethanolamine and N-methylglutamine. Also included are the aluminum salts of the compounds of the present invention. Further base salts of the present invention include, but are not limited to: copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic, manganous, potassium, sodium and zinc salts. Organic base salts include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, e.g., arginine, betaine, caffeine, chloroprocaine, choline, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine (benzathine), dicyclohexylamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2- dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N- ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, iso-propylarnine, lidocaine, lysine, meglumine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethanolamine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine and tris-(hydroxymethyl)-methylamine (tromethamine). It should be recognized that the free acid forms will typically differ from their respective salt forms somewhat in physical properties such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to their respective free acid forms for the purposes of the present invention. [0265] Compounds of the present invention that comprise basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quaternized with such agents as
Figure imgf000082_0001
halides, e.g., methyl, ethyl, iso- propyl and tert-butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; di
Figure imgf000083_0001
sulfates, e.g., dimethyl, diethyl and diamyl sulfates; (Cιo-ι8)alkyl halides, e.g., decyl, dodecyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; and aryl (C1-4)alkyl halides, e.g., benzyl chloride and phenethyl bromide. Such salts permit the preparation of both water-soluble and oil-soluble compounds of the present invention.
[0266] N-oxides of compounds according to the present invention can be prepared by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, N-oxides can be prepared by treating an unoxidized form of the compound with an oxidizing agent (e.g., trifluoroperacetic acid, permaleic acid, perbenzoic acid, peracetic acid, metα-chloroperoxybenzoic acid, or the like) in a suitable inert organic solvent (e.g., a halogenated hydrocarbon such as dichloromethane) at approximately 0 °C. Alternatively, the N-oxides of the compounds can be prepared from the N-oxide of an appropriate starting material.
[0267] Prodrug derivatives of compounds according to the present invention can be prepared by modifying substituents of compounds of the present invention that are then converted in vivo to a different substituent. It is noted that in many instances, the prodrugs themselves also fall within the scope of the range of compounds according to the present invention. For example, prodrugs can be prepared by reacting a compound with a carbamylating agent (e.g., l,l-acyloxyalkylcarbonochloridate,/?αrα-nitrophenyl carbonate, or the like) or an acylating agent. Further examples of methods of making prodrugs are described in Saulnier et α/.(1994), Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, Vol. 4, p. 1985.
[0268] Protected derivatives of compounds of the present invention can also be made. Examples of techniques applicable to the creation of protecting groups and their removal can be found in T.W. Greene, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1999.
[0269] Compounds of the present invention may also be conveniently prepared, or formed during the process of the invention, as solvates (e.g. hydrates). Hydrates of compounds of the present invention may be conveniently prepared by recrystallization from an aqueous/organic solvent mixture, using organic solvents such as dioxin, tetrahydrofuran, or methanol. [0270] A "pharmaceutically acceptable salt", as used herein, is intended to encompass any compound according to the present invention that is utilized in the form of a salt thereof, especially where the salt confers on the compound improved pharmacokinetic properties as compared to the free form of compound or a different salt form of the compound. The pharmaceutically acceptable salt form may also initially confer desirable pharmacokinetic properties on the compound that it did not previously possess, and may even positively affect the pharmacodynamics of the compound with respect to its therapeutic activity in the body. An example of a pharmacokinetic property that may be favorably affected is the manner in which the compound is transported across cell membranes, which in turn may directly and positively affect the absorption, distribution, biotransformation and excretion of the compound. While the route of administration of the pharmaceutical composition is important, and various anatomical, physiological and pathological factors can critically affect bioavailability, the solubility of the compound is usually dependent upon the character of the particular salt form thereof, which it utilized. One of skill in the art will appreciate that an aqueous solution of the compound will provide the most rapid absorption of the compound into the body of a subject being treated, while lipid solutions and suspensions, as well as solid dosage forms, will result in less rapid adsorption of the compound. 3. INDICATIONS FOR USE OF DPP-IV INHIBITORS [0271] DPP-TV is believed to contribute to the pathology and/or symptomology of several different diseases such that reduction of the activity of DPP-TV in a subject through inhibition may be used to therapeutically address these disease states. Examples of various diseases that may be treated using the DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention are described herein. It is noted that additional diseases beyond those disclosed herein may be later identified as the biological roles that DPP-TV plays in various pathways becomes more fully understood. [0272] One set of indications that DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may be used to treat are those involving the prevention and treatment of diabetes and obesity, in particular type 2 diabetes mellitus, diabetic dislipidemia, conditions of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), conditions of impaired fasting plasma glucose (TFG), metabolic acidosis, ketosis, appetite regulation and obesity.
[0273] DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be used as immunosuppressants (or cytokine release suppressant drugs) for the treatment of among other things: organ transplant rejection; autoimmune diseases such as inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis and rheumatoid arthritis; and the treatment of AIDS. [0274] DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be used for treating various cancers including breast cancer, lung cancer and prostate cancer.
[0275] DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be used to treat dermatological diseases such as psoriasis, rheumatoid arthritis (RA) and lichen planus. [0276] DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be used to treat inf ertility and amenorrhea.
[0277] DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be used to modulate cleavage of various cytokines (stimulating hematopoietic cells), growth factors and neuropeptides. For example, such conditions occur frequently in patients who are immunosuppressed, for example, as a consequence of chemotherapy and/or radiation therapy for cancer. [0278] DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be used prevent or reduce cleavage of N-terminal Tyr- Ala from growth hormone-releasing factor. Accordingly, these inhibitors may be used in the treatment of short stature due to growth hormone deficiency (Dwarfism) and for promoting GH-dependent tissue growth or re-growth. [0279] DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be used to address disease states associated with cleavage of neuropeptides and thus may be useful for the regulation or normalization of neurological disorders.
[0280] For oncology indications, DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may be used in conjunction with other agents to inhibit undesirable and uncontrolled cell proliferation. Examples of other anti-cell proliferation agents that may be used in conjunction with the DPP- TV inhibitors of the present invention include, but are not limited to, retinoid acid and derivatives thereof, 2-methoxyestradiol, ANGIOSTATTN™ protein, ENDOSTATTN™ protein, suramin, squalamine, tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase-I, tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase-2, plasminogen activator inhibitor- 1, plasminogen activator inhibitor-2, cartilage-derived inhibitor, paclitaxel, platelet factor 4, protamine sulfate (clupeine), sulfated chitin derivatives (prepared from queen crab shells), sulfated polysaccharide peptidoglycan complex (sp-pg), staurosporine, modulators of matrix metabolism, including for example, proline analogs ((l-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid (LACA)), cishydroxyproline, d,l-3,4- dehydroproline, thiaproline, beta.-aminopropionitrile fumarate, 4-propyl-5-(4-pyridinyl)- 2(3H)-oxazolone, methotrexate, mitoxantrone, heparin, interferons, 2 macroglobulin-serum, chimp-3, chymostatin, beta.-cyclodextrin tetradecasulfate, eponemycin; fumagillin, gold sodium thiomalate, d-penicillamine (CDPT), beta.-1-anticollagenase-serum, alpha.2- antiplasmin, bisantrene, lobenzarit disodium, n-2-carboxyphenyl-4-chloroanthronilic acid disodium or "CCA", thalidomide; angostatic steroid, carboxyaminoimidazole; metalloproteinase inhibitors such as BB94. Other anti-angiogenesis agents that may be used include antibodies, preferably monoclonal antibodies against these angiogenic growth factors: bFGF, aFGF, FGF-5, VEGF isoforms, VEGF-C, HGF/SF and Ang-l/Ang-2. Ferrara N. and Alitalo, K. "Clinical application of angiogenic growth factors and their inhibitors" (1999) Nature Medicine 5:1359-1364. 4. COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING DPP-IV INHIBITORS [0281] A wide variety of compositions and administration methods may be used in conjunction with the DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention. Such compositions may include, in addition to the DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention, conventional pharmaceutical excipients, and other conventional, pharmaceutically inactive agents. Additionally, the compositions may include active agents in addition to the DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention. These additional active agents may include additional compounds according to the invention, and/or one or more other pharmaceutically active agents. [0282] The compositions may be in gaseous, liquid, semi-liquid or solid form, formulated in a manner suitable for the route of administration to be used. For oral administration, capsules and tablets are typically used. For parenteral administration, reconstitution of a lyophilized powder, prepared as described herein, is typically used. [0283] Compositions comprising DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may be administered or coadministered orally, parenterally, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intraarterially, transdermally, sublingually, intramuscularly, rectally, transbuccally, intranasally, liposomally, via inhalation, vaginally, intraoccularly, via local delivery (for example by catheter or stent), subcutaneously, intraadiposally, intraarticularly, or intrathecally. The compounds and/or compositions according to the invention may also be administered or coadministered in slow release dosage forms.
[0284] The DPP-TV inhibitors and compositions comprising them may be administered or coadministered in any conventional dosage form. Co-administration in the context of this invention is intended to mean the administration of more than one therapeutic agent, one of which includes a DPP-TV inhibitor, in the course of a coordinated treatment to achieve an improved clinical outcome. Such co-administration may also be coextensive, that is, occurring during overlapping periods of time.
[0285] Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, subcutaneous, or topical application may optionally include one or more of the following components: a sterile diluent, such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oil, polyethylene glycol, glycerine, propylene glycol, or other synthetic solvent; antimicrobial agents, such as benzyl alcohol and methyl parabens; antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid and sodium bisulfite; chelating agents, such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers, such as acetates, citrates and phosphates; agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose, and agents for adjusting the acidity or alkalinity of the composition, such as alkaline or acidifying agents or buffers like carbonates, bicarbonates, phosphates, hydrochloric acid, and organic acids like acetic and citric acid. Parenteral preparations may optionally be enclosed in ampules, disposable syringes, or single or multiple dose vials made of glass, plastic, or other suitable material.
[0286] When DPP-TV inhibitors according to the present invention exhibit insufficient solubility, methods for solubilizing the compounds may be used. Such methods are known to those of skill in this art, and include, but are not limited to, using cosolvents, such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), using surfactants, such as TWEEN, or dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate. Derivatives of the compounds, such as prodrugs of the compounds may also be used in formulating effective pharmaceutical compositions.
[0287] Upon mixing or adding DPP-TV inhibitors according to the present invention to a composition, a solution, suspension, emulsion, or the like may be formed. The form of the resulting composition will depend upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration, and the solubility of the compound in the selected carrier or vehicle. The effective concentration needed to ameliorate the disease being treated may be empirically determined.
[0288] Compositions according to the present invention are optionally provided for administration to humans and animals in unit dosage forms, such as tablets, capsules, pills, powders, dry powders for inhalers, granules, sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions, and oral solutions or suspensions, and oil-water emulsions containing suitable quantities of the compounds, particularly the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, preferably the sodium salts, thereof. The pharmaceutically therapeutically active compounds and derivatives thereof are typically formulated and administered in unit-dosage forms or multiple-dosage forms. Unit- dose forms, as used herein, refers to physically discrete units suitable for human and animal subjects and packaged individually as is known in the art. Each unit-dose contains a predetermined quantity of the therapeutically active compound sufficient to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier, vehicle or diluent. Examples of unit-dose forms include ampoules and syringes and individually packaged tablets or capsules. Unit-dose forms may be administered in fractions or multiples thereof. A multiple-dose form is a plurality of identical unit-dosage forms packaged in a single container to be administered in segregated unit-dose form. Examples of multiple-dose forms include vials, bottles of tablets or capsules or bottles of pints or gallons. Hence, multiple dose form is a multiple of unit-doses that are not segregated in packaging. [0289] In addition to one or more DPP-TV inhibitors according to the present invention, the composition may comprise: a diluent such as lactose, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate, or carboxymethylcellulose; a lubricant, such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate and talc; and a binder such as starch, natural gums, such as gum acaciagelatin, glucose, molasses, polvinylpyrrolidine, celluloses and derivatives thereof, povidone, crospovidones and other such binders known to those of skill in the art. Liquid pharmaceutically administrable compositions can, for example, be prepared by dissolving, dispersing, or otherwise mixing an active compound as defined above and optional pharmaceutical adjuvants in a carrier, such as, for example, water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, glycols, ethanol, and the like, to form a solution or suspension. If desired, the pharmaceutical composition to be administered may also contain minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting agents, emulsifying agents, or solubilizing agents, pH buffering agents and the like, for example, acetate, sodium citrate, cyclodextrine derivatives, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine sodium acetate, triethanolamine oleate, and other such agents. Actual methods of preparing such dosage forms are known in the art, or will be apparent, to those skilled in this art; for example, see Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 15th Edition, 1975. The composition or formulation to be administered will, in any event, contain a sufficient quantity of a DPP-TV inhibitor of the present invention to reduce DPP-TV activity in vivo, thereby treating the disease state of the subject.
[0290] Dosage forms or compositions may optionally comprise one or more DPP-TV inhibitors according to the present invention in the range of 0.005% to 100% (weight/weight) with the balance comprising additional substances such as those described herein. For oral administration, a pharmaceutically acceptable composition may optionally comprise any one or more commonly employed excipients, such as, for example pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, talcum, cellulose derivatives, sodium crosscarmellose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, sodium saccharin, talcum. Such compositions include solutions, suspensions, tablets, capsules, powders, dry powders for inhalers and sustained release formulations, such as, but not limited to, implants and microencapsulated delivery systems, and biodegradable, biocompatible polymers, such as collagen, ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycohc acid, polyorthoesters, polylactic acid and others. Methods for preparing these formulations are known to those skilled in the art. The compositions may optionally contain 0.01%-100% (weight/weight) of one or more DPP-TV inhibitors, optionally 0.1-95%, and optionally 1-95%.
[0291] Salts, preferably sodium salts, of the DPP-TV inhibitors may be prepared with carriers that protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as time release formulations or coatings. The formulations may further include other active compounds to obtain desired combinations of properties.
A. Formulations for oral administration [0292] Oral pharmaceutical dosage forms may be as a solid, gel or liquid. Examples of solid dosage forms include, but are not limited to tablets, capsules, granules, and bulk powders. More specific examples of oral tablets include compressed, chewable lozenges and tablets that may be enteric-coated, sugar-coated or film-coated. Examples of capsules include hard or soft gelatin capsules. Granules and powders may be provided in non-effervescent or effervescent forms. Each may be combined with other ingredients known to those skilled in the art.
[0293] In certain embodiments, DPP-TV inhibitors according to the present invention are provided as solid dosage forms, preferably capsules or tablets. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like may optionally contain one or more of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder; a diluent; a disintegrating agent; a lubricant; a glidant; a sweetening agent; and a flavoring agent.
[0294] Examples of binders that may be used include, but are not limited to, microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth, glucose solution, acacia mucilage, gelatin solution, sucrose and starch paste.
[0295] Examples of lubricants that may be used include, but are not limited to, talc, starch, magnesium or calcium stearate, lycopodium and stearic acid.
[0296] Examples of diluents that may be used include, but are not limited to, lactose, sucrose, starch, kaolin, salt, mannitol and dicalcium phosphate.
[0297] Examples of glidants that may be used include, but are not limited to, colloidal silicon dioxide.
[0298] Examples of disintegrating agents that may be used include, but are not hmited to, crosscarmellose sodium, sodium starch glycolate, alginic acid, corn starch, potato starch, bentonite, methylcellulose, agar and carboxymethylcellulose.
[0299] Examples of coloring agents that may be used include, but are not limited to, any of the approved certified water soluble FD and C dyes, mixtures thereof; and water insoluble
FD and C dyes suspended on alumina hydrate.
[0300] Examples of sweetening agents that may be used include, but are not limited to, sucrose, lactose, mannitol and artificial sweetening agents such as sodium cyclamate and saccharin, and any number of spray-dried flavors.
[0301] Examples of flavoring agents that may be used include, but are not limited to, natural flavors extracted from plants such as fruits and synthetic blends of compounds that produce a pleasant sensation, such as, but not limited to peppermint and methyl salicylate.
[0302] Examples of wetting agents that may be used include, but are not limited to, propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.
[0303] Examples of anti-emetic coatings that may be used include, but are not limited to, fatty acids, fats, waxes, shellac, ammoniated shellac and cellulose acetate phthalates.
[0304] Examples of film coatings that may be used include, but are not limited to, hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol 4000 and cellulose acetate phthalate. [0305] If oral administration is desired, the salt of the compound may optionally be provided in a composition that protects it from the acidic environment of the stomach. For example, the composition can be formulated in an enteric coating that maintains its integrity in the stomach and releases the active compound in the intestine. The composition may also be formulated in combination with an antacid or other such ingredient. [0306] When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it may optionally additionally comprise a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil. In addition, dosage unit forms may optionally additionally comprise various other materials that modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar and other enteric agents.
[0307] Compounds according to the present invention may also be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, sprinkle, chewing gum or the like. A syrup may optionally comprise, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors.
[0308] The DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action, such as antacids, H2 blockers, and diuretics. For example, if a compound is used for treating asthma or hypertension, it may be used with other bronchodilators and antihypertensive agents, respectively.
[0309] Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that may be included in tablets comprising DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention include, but are not limited to binders, lubricants, diluents, disintegrating agents, coloring agents, flavoring agents, and wetting agents. Enteric-coated tablets, because of the enteric-coating, resist the action of stomach acid and dissolve or disintegrate in the neutral or alkaline intestines. Sugar-coated tablets may be compressed tablets to which different layers of pharmaceutically acceptable substances are applied. Film-coated tablets may be compressed tablets that have been coated with polymers or other suitable coating. Multiple compressed tablets may be compressed tablets made by more than one compression cycle utilizing the pharmaceutically acceptable substances previously mentioned. Coloring agents may also be used in tablets. Flavoring and sweetening agents may be used in tablets, and are especially useful in the formation of chewable tablets and lozenges. [0310] Examples of liquid oral dosage forms that may be used include, but are not limited to, aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, solutions and/or suspensions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules and effervescent preparations reconstituted from effervescent granules.
[0311] Examples of aqueous solutions that may be used include, but are not limited to, elixirs and syrups. As used herein, elixirs refer to clear, sweetened, hydroalcoholic preparations. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that may be used in elixirs include, but are not limited to solvents. Particular examples of solvents that may be used include glycerin, sorbitol, ethyl alcohol and syrup. As used herein, syrups refer to concentrated aqueous solutions of a sugar, for example, sucrose. Syrups may optionally further comprise a preservative.
[0312] Emulsions refer to two-phase systems in which one liquid is dispersed in the form of small globules throughout another liquid. Emulsions may optionally be oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsions . Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that may be used in emulsions include, but are not limited to non-aqueous liquids, emulsifying agents and preservatives.
[0313] Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable substances that may be used in non- effervescent granules, to be reconstituted into a liquid oral dosage form, include diluents, sweeteners and wetting agents.
[0314] Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable substances that may be used in effervescent granules, to be reconstituted into a liquid oral dosage form, include organic adds and a source of carbon dioxide.
[0315] Coloring and flavoring agents may optionally be used in all of the above dosage forms.
[0316] Particular examples of preservatives that may be used include glycerin, methyl and propylparaben, benzoic add, sodium benzoate and alcohol.
[0317] Particular examples of non-aqueous liquids that may be used in emulsions include mineral oil and cottonseed oil.
[0318] Particular examples of emulsifying agents that may be used include gelatin, acacia, tragacanth, bentonite, and surfactants such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. [0319] Particular examples of suspending agents that may be used include sodium carboxymethylcellulose, pectin, tragacanth, Veegum and acacia. Diluents include lactose and sucrose. Sweetening agents include sucrose, syrups, glycerin and artificial sweetening agents such as sodium cyclamate and saccharin.
[0320] Particular examples of wetting agents that may be used include propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.
[0321] Particular examples of organic acids that may be used include citric and tartaric acid.
[0322] Sources of carbon dioxide that may be used in effervescent compositions include sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate. Coloring agents include any of the approved certified water soluble FD and C dyes, and mixtures thereof.
[0323] Particular examples of flavoring agents that may be used include natural flavors extracted from plants such fruits, and synthetic blends of compounds that produce a pleasant taste sensation.
[0324] For a solid dosage form, the solution or suspension, in for example propylene carbonate, vegetable oils or triglycerides, is preferably encapsulated in a gelatin capsule. Such solutions, and the preparation and encapsulation thereof, are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos.
4,328,245; 4,409,239; and 4,410,545. For a liquid dosage form, the solution, e.g., for example, in a polyethylene glycol, may be diluted with a sufficient quantity of a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier, e.g. water, to be easily measured for administration.
[0325] Alternatively, liquid or semi-solid oral formulations may be prepared by dissolving or dispersing the active compound or salt in vegetable oils, glycols, triglycerides, propylene glycol esters (e.g. propylene carbonate) and other such carriers, and encapsulating these solutions or suspensions in hard or soft gelatin capsule shells. Other useful formulations include those set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. Re 28,819 and 4,358,603. B. Injectables, solutions and emulsions [0326] The present invention is also directed to compositions designed to administer the DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention by parenteral administration, generally characterized by injection, either subcutaneously, intramuscularly or intravenously. Injectables may be prepared in any conventional form, for example as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions.
[0327] Examples of excipients that may be used in conjunction with injectables according to the present invention include, but are not limited to water, saline, dextrose, glycerol or ethanol. The injectable compositions may also optionally comprise minor amounts of non- toxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, and other such agents, such as for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate and cyclodextrins. Implantation of a slow- release or sustained-release system, such that a constant level of dosage is maintained (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 3,710,795) is also contemplated herein. The percentage of active compound contained in such parenteral compositions is highly dependent on the specific nature thereof, as well as the activity of the compound and the needs of the subject. [0328] Parenteral administration of the formulations includes intravenous, subcutaneous and intramuscular administrations. Preparations for parenteral administration include sterile solutions ready for injection, sterile dry soluble products, such as the lyophilized powders described herein, ready to be combined with a solvent just prior to use, including hypodermic tablets, sterile suspensions ready for injection, sterile dry insoluble products ready to be combined with a vehicle just prior to use and sterile emulsions. The solutions may be either aqueous or nonaqueous.
[0329] When administered intravenously, examples of suitable carriers include, but are not limited to physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS), and solutions containing thickening and solubilizing agents, such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
[0330] Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that may optionally be used in parenteral preparations include, but are not limited to aqueous vehicles, nonaqueous vehicles, antimicrobial agents, isotonic agents, buffers, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, emulsifying agents, sequestering or chelating agents and other pharmaceutically acceptable substances.
[0331] Examples of aqueous vehicles that may optionally be used include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringers Injection, Isotonic Dextrose Injection, Sterile Water Injection, Dextrose and Lactated Ringers Injection. [0332] Examples of nonaqueous parenteral vehicles that may optionally be used include fixed oils of vegetable origin, cottonseed oil, corn oil, sesame oil and peanut oil.
[0333] Antimicrobial agents in bacteriostatic or fungistatic concentrations may be added to parenteral preparations, particularly when the preparations are packaged in multiple-dose containers and thus designed to be stored and multiple aliquots to be removed. Examples of antimicrobial agents that may used include phenols or cresols, mercurials, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, methyl and propyl p-hydroxybenzoic acid esters, thimerosal, benzalkonium chloride and benzethonium chloride.
[0334] Examples of isotonic agents that may be used include sodium chloride and dextrose. Examples of buffers that may be used include phosphate and citrate. Examples of antioxidants that may be used include sodium bisulfate. Examples of local anesthetics that may be used include procaine hydrochloride. Examples of suspending and dispersing agents that may be used include sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Examples of emulsifying agents that may be used include Polysorbate
80 (TWEEN 80). A sequestering or chelating agent of metal ions include EDTA.
[0335] Pharmaceutical carriers may also optionally include ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol for water miscible vehicles and sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, citric acid or lactic acid for pH adjustment.
[0336] The concentration of a DPP-TV inhibitor in the parenteral formulation may be adjusted so that an injection administers a pharmaceutically effective amount sufficient to produce the desired pharmacological effect. The exact concentration of a DPP-TV inhibitor and/or dosage to be used will ultimately depend on the age, weight and condition of the patient or animal as is known in the art.
[0337] Unit-dose parenteral preparations may be packaged in an ampoule, a vial or a syringe with a needle. All preparations for parenteral administration should be sterile, as is know and practiced in the art.
[0338] Injectables may be designed for local and systemic administration. Typically a therapeutically effective dosage is formulated to contain a concentration of at least about 0.1 % w/w up to about 90% w/w or more, preferably more than 1% w/w of the DPP-TV inhibitor to the treated tissue(s). The DPP-TV inhibitor may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at intervals of time. It is understood that the precise dosage and duration of treatment will be a function of the location of where the composition is parenterally administered, the carrier and other variables that may be determined empirically using known testing protocols or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vitro test data. It is to be noted that concentrations and dosage values may also vary with the age of the individual treated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens may need to be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the formulations. Hence, the concentration ranges set forth herein are intended to be exemplary and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed formulations. [0339] The DPP-TV inhibitor may optionally be suspended in micronized or other suitable form or may be derivatized to produce a more soluble active product or to produce a prodrug. The form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the compound in the selected carrier or vehicle. The effective concentration is sufficient for ameliorating the symptoms of the disease state and may be empirically determined.
C. Lyophilized powders
[0340] The DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be prepared as lyophilized powders, which can be reconstituted for administration as solutions, emulsions and other mixtures. The lyophilized powders may also be formulated as solids or gels. [0341] Sterile, lyophilized powder may be prepared by dissolving the compound in a sodium phosphate buffer solution containing dextrose or other suitable excipient. Subsequent sterile filtration of the solution followed by lyophilization under standard conditions known to those of skill in the art provides the desired formulation. Briefly, the lyophilized powder may optionally be prepared by dissolving dextrose, sorbitol, fructose, corn syrup, xylitol, glycerin, glucose, sucrose or other suitable agent, about 1-20%, preferably about 5 to 15%, in a suitable buffer, such as citrate, sodium or potassium phosphate or other such buffer known to those of skill in the art at, typically, about neutral pH. Then, a DPP-TV inhibitor is added to the resulting mixture, preferably above room temperature, more preferably at about 30-35 °C, and stirred until it dissolves. The resulting mixture is diluted by adding more buffer to a desired concentration. The resulting mixture is sterile filtered or treated to remove particulates and to insure sterility, and apportioned into vials for lyophilization. Each vial may contain a single dosage or multiple dosages of the DPP-TV inhibitor. D. Topical administration
[0342] The DPP-TV inhibitors of the present invention may also be administered as topical mixtures. Topical mixtures may be used for local and systemic administration. The resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsions or the like and are formulated as creams, gels, ointments, emulsions, solutions, elixirs, lotions, suspensions, tinctures, pastes, foams, aerosols, irrigations, sprays, suppositories, bandages, dermal patches or any other formulations suitable for topical administration.
[0343] The DPP-TV inhibitors may be formulated as aerosols for topical application, such as by inhalation (see, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,044,126, 4,414,209, and 4,364,923, which describe aerosols for delivery of a steroid useful for treatment inflammatory diseases, particularly asthma). These formulations for administration to the respiratory tract can be in the form of an aerosol or solution for a nebulizer, or as a microfine powder for insufflation, alone or in combination with an inert carrier such as lactose. In such a case, the particles of the formulation will typically have diameters of less than 50 microns, preferably less than 10 microns.
[0344] The DPP-TV inhibitors may also be formulated for local or topical application, such as for topical application to the skin and mucous membranes, such as in the eye, in the form of gels, creams, and lotions and for application to the eye or for intracisternal or intraspinal application. Topical administration is contemplated for transdermal delivery and also for administration to the eyes or mucosa, or for inhalation therapies. Nasal solutions of the DPP-TV inhibitor alone or in combination with other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients can also be administered. E. Formulations for other routes of administration
[0345] Depending upon the disease state being treated, other routes of administration, such as topical application, transdermal patches, and rectal administration, may also be used. For example, pharmaceutical dosage forms for rectal administration are rectal suppositories, capsules and tablets for systemic effect. Rectal suppositories are used herein mean solid bodies for insertion into the rectum that melt or soften at body temperature releasing one or more pharmacologically or therapeutically active ingredients. Pharmaceutically acceptable substances utilized in rectal suppositories are bases or vehicles and agents to raise the melting point. Examples of bases include cocoa butter (theobroma oil), glycerin-gelatin, carbowax, (polyoxyethylene glycol) and appropriate mixtures of mono-, di- and triglycerides of fatty acids. Combinations of the various bases may be used. Agents to raise the melting point of suppositories include spermaceti and wax. Rectal suppositories may be prepared either by the compressed method or by molding. The typical weight of a rectal suppository is about 2 to 3 gm. Tablets and capsules for rectal administration may be manufactured using the same pharmaceutically acceptable substance and by the same methods as for formulations for oral administration. F. Examples of Formulations [0346] The following are particular examples of oral, intravenous and tablet formulations that may optionally be used with compounds of the present invention. It is noted that these formulations may be varied depending on the particular compound being used and the indication for which the formulation is going to be used.
ORAL FORMULATION Compound of the Present Invention 10-100 mg Citric Acid Monohydrate 105 mg Sodium Hydroxide 18 mg Flavoring Water q.s. to 100 mL
INTRAVENOUS FORMULATION Compound of the Present Invention 0.1-10 mg Dextrose Monohydrate q.s. to make isotonic Citric Acid Monohydrate 1.05 mg Sodium Hydroxide 0.18 mg Water for injection q.s. to 1.0 mL TABLET FORMULATION Compound of the Present Invention 1 % Microcrystalline Cellulose 73% Stearic Acid 25% Colloidal Silica 1%.
5. KITS COMPRISING DPP-IV INHIBITORS
[0347] The invention is also directed to kits and other articles of manufacture for treating diseases associated with DPP-TV. It is noted that diseases are intended to cover all conditions for which the DPP-TV possesses activity that contributes to the pathology and/or symptomology of the condition.
[0348] In one embodiment, a kit is provided that comprises a composition comprising at least one DPP-TV inhibitor of the present invention in combination with instructions. The instructions may indicate the disease state for which the composition is to be administered, storage information, dosing information and/or instructions regarding how to administer the composition. The kit may also comprise packaging materials. The packaging material may comprise a container for housing the composition. The kit may also optionally comprise additional components, such as syringes for administration of the composition. The kit may comprise the composition in single or multiple dose forms.
[0349] In another embodiment, an article of manufacture is provided that comprises a composition comprising at least one DPP-IV inhibitor of the present invention in combination with packaging materials. The packaging material may comprise a container for housing the composition. The container may optionally comprise a label indicating the disease state for which the composition is to be administered, storage information, dosing infoπnation and/or instructions regarding how to administer the composition. The kit may also optionally comprise additional components, such as syringes for administration of the composition. The kit may comprise the composition in single or multiple dose forms. [0350] It is noted that the packaging material used in kits and articles of manufacture according to the present invention may form a plurality of divided containers such as a divided bottle or a divided foil packet. The container can be in any conventional shape or form as known in the art which is made of a pharmaceutically acceptable material, for example a paper or cardboard box, a glass or plastic bottle or jar, a re-sealable bag (for example, to hold a "refill" of tablets for placement into a different container), or a blister pack with individual doses for pressing out of the pack according to a therapeutic schedule. The container that is employed will depend on the exact dosage form involved, for example a conventional cardboard box would not generally be used to hold a liquid suspension. It is feasible that more than one container can be used together in a single package to market a single dosage form. For example, tablets may be contained in a bottle that is in turn contained within a box. Typically the kit includes directions for the administration of the separate components. The kit form is particularly advantageous when the separate components are preferably administered in different dosage forms (e.g., oral, topical, transdermal and parenteral), are administered at different dosage intervals, or when titration of the individual components of the combination is desired by the prescribing physician.
[0351] One particular example of a kit according to the present invention is a so-called blister pack. Blister packs are well known in the packaging industry and are being widely used for the packaging of pharmaceutical unit dosage forms (tablets, capsules, and the like). Blister packs generally consist of a sheet of relatively stiff material covered with a foil of a preferably transparent plastic material. During the packaging process recesses are formed in the plastic foil. The recesses have the size and shape of individual tablets or capsules to be packed or may have the size and shape to accommodate multiple tablets and/or capsules to be packed. Next, the tablets or capsules are placed in the recesses accordingly and the sheet of relatively stiff material is sealed against the plastic foil at the face of the foil which is opposite from the direction in which the recesses were formed. As a result, the tablets or capsules are individually sealed or collectively sealed, as desired, in the recesses between the plastic foil and the sheet. Preferably the strength of the sheet is such that the tablets or capsules can be removed from the blister pack by manually applying pressure on the recesses whereby an opening is formed in the sheet at the place of the recess. The tablet or capsule can then be removed via said opening.
[0352] Another specific embodiment of a kit is a dispenser designed to dispense the daily doses one at a time in the order of their intended use. Preferably, the dispenser is equipped with a memory-aid, so as to further facilitate compliance with the regimen. An example of such a memory-aid is a mechanical counter that indicates the number of daily doses that has been dispensed. Another example of such a memory-aid is a battery-powered micro-chip memory coupled with a liquid crystal readout, or audible reminder signal which, for example, reads out the date that the last daily dose has been taken and/or reminds one when the next dose is to be taken.
EXAMPLES 1. Preparation Of DPP-IV Inhibitors
[0353] Various methods may be developed for synthesizing compounds according to the present invention. Representative methods for synthesizing these compounds are provided in the Examples. It is noted, however, that the compounds of the present invention may also be synthesized by other synthetic routes that others may devise.
[0354] It will be readily recognized that certain compounds according to the present invention have atoms with linkages to other atoms that confer a particular stereochemistry to the compound (e.g. , chiral centers). It is recognized that synthesis of compounds according to the present invention may result in the creation of mixtures of different stereoisomers (enantiomers, diastereomers). Unless a particular stereochemistry is specified, recitation of a compound is intended to encompass all of the different possible stereoisomers. [0355] Various methods for separating mixtures of different stereoisomers are known in the art. For example, a racemic mixture of a compound may be reacted with an optically active resolving agent to form a pair of diastereoisomeric compounds. The diastereomers may then be separated in order to recover the optically pure enantiomers. Dissociable complexes may also be used to resolve enantiomers (e.g., crystalline diastereoisomeric salts). Diastereomers typically have sufficiently distinct physical properties (e.g., melting points, boiling points, solubilities, reactivity, etc.) that they can be readily separated by taking advantage of these dissimilarities. For example, diastereomers can typically be separated by chromatography or by separation/resolution techniques based upon differences in solubility. A more detailed description of techniques that can be used to resolve stereoisomers of compounds from their racemic mixture can be found in Jean Jacques Andre Collet, Samuel H. Wilen, Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1981).
[0356] Compounds according to the present invention can also be prepared as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt by reacting the free base form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acid. Alternatively, a pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt of a compound can be prepared by reacting the free acid form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic base. Inorganic and organic acids and bases suitable for the preparation of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds are set forth in the definitions section of this Application. Alternatively, the salt forms of the compounds can be prepared using salts of the starting materials or intermediates.
[0357] The free acid or free base forms of the compounds can be prepared from the corresponding base addition salt or acid addition salt form. For example, a compound in an acid addition salt form can be converted to the corresponding free base by treating with a suitable base (e.g., ammonium hydroxide solution, sodium hydroxide, and the like). A compound in a base addition salt form can be converted to the conesponding free acid by treating with a suitable acid (e.g., hydrochloric acid, etc).
[0358] The N-oxides of compounds according to the present invention can be prepared by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, N-oxides can be prepared by treating an unoxidized form of the compound with an oxidizing agent (e.g., trifluoroperacetic acid, permaleic acid, perbenzoic acid, peracetic acid, met -chloroperoxybenzoic acid, or the like) in a suitable inert organic solvent (e.g., a halogenated hydrocarbon such as dichloromethane) at approximately 0 °C. Alternatively, the N-oxides of the compounds can be prepared from the N-oxide of an appropriate starting material.
[0359] Compounds in an unoxidized form can be prepared from N-oxides of compounds by treating with a reducing agent (e.g., sulfur, sulfur dioxide, triphenyl phosphine, lithium borohydride, sodium borohydride, phosphorus trichloride, tribromide, or the like) in an suitable inert organic solvent (e.g., acetonitrile, ethanol, aqueous dioxane, or the like) at 0 to 80 °C.
[0360] Prodrug derivatives of the compounds can be prepared by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art (e.g., for further details see Saulnier et al. (1994), Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, Vol. 4, p. 1985). For example, appropriate prodrugs can be prepared by reacting a non-derivatized compound with a suitable carbamylating agent (e.g., l,l-acyloxyalkylcarbonochloridate, αr -nitrophenyl carbonate, or the like). [0361] Protected derivatives of the compounds can be made by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art. A detailed description of the techniques applicable to the creation of protecting groups and their removal can be found in T.W. Greene, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1999.
[0362] Compounds according to the present invention may be conveniently prepared, or formed during the process of the invention, as solvates (e.g. hydrates). Hydrates of compounds of the present invention may be conveniently prepared by recrystallization from an aqueous/organic solvent mixture, using organic solvents such as dioxin, tetrahydrofuran or methanol.
[0363] Compounds according to the present invention can also be prepared as their individual stereoisomers by reacting a racemic mixture of the compound with an optically active resolving agent to form a pair of diastereoisomeric compounds, separating the diastereomers and recovering the optically pure enantiomer. While resolution of enantiomers can be carried out using covalent diastereomeric derivatives of compounds, dissociable complexes are preferred (e.g., crystalline diastereoisomeric salts). Diastereomers have distinct physical properties (e.g. , melting points, boiling points, solubilities, reactivity, etc.) and can be readily separated by taking advantage of these dissimilarities. The diastereomers can be separated by chromatography or, preferably, by separation/resolution techniques based upon differences in solubility. The optically pure enantiomer is then recovered, along with the resolving agent, by any practical means that would not result in racemization. A more detailed description of the techniques applicable to the resolution of stereoisomers of compounds from their racemic mixture can be found in Jean Jacques Andre Collet, Samuel H. Wilen, Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1981). [0364] As used herein the symbols and conventions used in these processes, schemes and examples are consistent with those used in the contemporary scientific literature, for example, the Journal of the American Chemical Society or the Journal of Biological Chemistry. Standard single-letter or thee-letter abbreviations are generally used to designate amino acid residues, which are assumed to be in the L-configuration unless otherwise noted. Unless otherwise noted, all starting materials were obtained from commercial suppliers and used without further purification. Specifically, the following abbreviations may be used in the examples and throughout the specification: g (grams); mg (milligrams);
L (liters); mL (milliliters); μL (microliters); psi (pounds per square inch);
M (molar); mM (mϋlimolar); i.v. (intravenous); Hz (Hertz);
MHz (megahertz); mol (moles); mmol (millimoles); RT (ambient temperature); min (minutes) ;h (hours); mp (melting point); TLC (thin layer chromatography);
Tr (retention time); RP (reverse phase);
MeOH (methanol); i-PrOH (isopropanol);
TEA (triethylamine); TFA (trifluoroacetic acid);
TFAA (trifluoroacetic anhydride); THF (tetrahydrofuran);
DMSO (dimethylsulf oxide); EtOAc (ethyl acetate);
DME (1,2-dimethoxyethane); DCM (dichloromethane);
DCE (dichloroethane); DMF (N,N-dimethylformamide);
DMPU (N,N'-dimethylpropyleneurea); CDI (1,1-carbonyldiimidazole);
IBCF (isobutyl chloroformate); HO Ac (acetic acid);
HOSu (N-hydroxysuccinimino); HOBT (1-hydroxybenzotriazole);
Et2O (diethyl ether);
EDCI (ethylcarbodiimino hydrochloride);
BOC (tert-butyloxycarbonyl); FMOC (9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl);
DCC (dicyclohexylcarbodiimino); CBZ (benzyloxycarbonyl);
Ac (acetyl); atm (atmosphere);
TMSE (2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl); TMS (trimethylsilyl);
TIPS (triisopropylsilyl); TBS (t-butyldimethylsilyl);
DMAP (4-dimethylaminopyridine); Me (methyl);
OMe (methoxy); Et (ethyl);
Et (ethyl); tBu (tert-butyl);
HPLC (high pressure liquid chomatography);
BOP (bis(2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl)phosphinic chloride); TBAF (tetra-n-butylarnmonium fluoride); mCPBA (meta-chloroperbenzoic acid. [0365] All references to ether or Et2O are to diethyl ether; brine refers to a saturated aqueous solution of NaCl. Unless otherwise indicated, all temperatures are expressed in °C (degrees Centigrade). All reactions conducted under an inert atmosphere at RT unless otherwise noted.
[0366] 1H NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker Avance 400. Chemical shifts are expressed in parts per million (ppm). Coupling constants are in units of hertz (Hz). Splitting patterns describe apparent multiplicities and are designated as s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), q (quartet), m (multiplet), br (broad).
[0367] Low-resolution mass spectra (MS) and compound purity data were acquired on a Waters ZQ LC/MS single quadrupole system equipped with electrospray ionization (ESI) source, UV detector (220 and 254 nm), and evaporative light scattering detector (ELSD). Thin-layer chromatography was performed on 0.25 mm E. Merck silica gel plates (60F-254), visualized with UV light, 5% ethanolic phosphomolybdic acid, Ninhydrin or p-anisaldehyde solution. Flash column chromatography was performed on silica gel (230-400 mesh, Merck). 2. Synthetic Schemes For DPP-IV Inhibitors Of The Present Invention [0368] DPP-TV inhibitors according to the present invention may be synthesized according to a variety of reaction schemes. Some illustrative schemes are provided herein in the examples. Other reaction schemes could be readily devised by those skilled in the art. [0369] In the reactions described hereinafter it may be necessary to protect reactive functional groups, for example hydroxy, amino, imino, thio or carboxy groups, where these are desired in the final product, to avoid their unwanted participation in the reactions. Conventional protecting groups may be used in accordance with standard practice, for examples see T.W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts in "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry" John Wiley and Sons, 1991.
[0370] Compounds according to the present invention may optionally be synthesized according to the following reaction schemes:
Figure imgf000105_0001
[0371] In each of the above reaction schemes, the various substituents may be selected from among the various substituents otherwise taught herein.
[0372] Descriptions of the syntheses of particular compounds according to the present invention based on the above reaction schemes are set forth herein. 3. Examples of DPP-IV Inhibitors [0373] The present invention is further exemplified, but not limited by, the following examples that describe the synthesis of particular compounds according to the invention. Example 1 : (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yi)-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)methyl) benzonitrile
Figure imgf000106_0001
1A Example 1 A : 2-(6-Chloro-2-oxo-2H-pyridin- 1 -ylmethyl)-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000106_0002
[0374] To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-6-hydroxypyridine (1 g, 7.7 mmol) in DME (2 mL) and DMF (4 mL) at 0 °C was added NaH (230 mg, 9.24 mmol, 95%). After ten minutes, LiBr (1.3 mg, 15.4 mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to warm to RT. After 15 minutes, α-bromo-o-tolunitrile (1.5 mg, 7.7 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated at 65 °C overnight. After cooling, water (10 mL) was added. After extraction with EtOAc, the organics were dried over MgSO4, and the solvent removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography to give 520 mg of pure 1A (yield: 28%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) δ: 5.95 (s, 2 H), 6.36 (dd, J=7.33, 1.01 Hz, 1 H), 6.62 (dd, j=9.09, 1.01 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (d, J=7.83 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 - 7.41 (m, 2 H), 7.53 (ddd, 7=7.83, 7.83, 1.26 Hz, 1 H), 7.69 (dd, J=7.83, 1.26 Hz, 1 H). MS (ES) [m+H] calculated for C13H9ClN2O, 245; found 245. Example 1 : (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)methyl) benzonitrile, TFA salt
Figure imgf000107_0001
[0375] A mixture of 1A (150 mg, 0.64 mmol), 3-aminopiperidne dihydrochloride (240 mg, 0.96 mmol), NaHCO3 (168 mg, 2 mmol) and 2 mL of ethanol in a sealed tube was heated to 150 °C for 10 hours. After cooling to room temperature and filtering out the inorganic salts, purification via LC/MS afforded 55 mg (30% yield) of product 1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ: 7.75 (d, /=7.33 Hz, 1 H), 7.54 - 7.63 (m, 2 H), 7.42 (t, /=7.58 Hz, 1 H), 7.00 - 7.11 (m, 1 H), 6.39 - 6.49 (m, 1 H), 6.25 (d, 7=7.33 Hz, 1 H), 5.47 - 5.61 (br s, 2 H), 3.20 - 3.37 (m, 2 H), 2.82 - 3.00 (m, 1 H), 2.47 - 2.79 (m, 2 H), 2.00 - 2.16 (m, 1 H), 1.74 - 1.88 (m, 1 H), 1.54 - 1.72 (m, 1 H), 1.30 - 1.53 (m, 1 H). MS (ES) [m+H] calculated for Cι8H20N4O, 309; found 309. Example 2: (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yι)-3-bromo-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)- yl)methyl)benzonitrile
Figure imgf000107_0002
Example 2A: 3-Bromo-6-chloro-pyridin-2-ol
Figure imgf000108_0001
[0376] A mixture of 2-chloro-6-hydroxypyridine (2 g, 15.4 mmol) and NBS (2.8 g, 16 mmol) in 20 mL of chloroform was refluxed for 2 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by flash column chromatography. 2.1 g of a mixture of mono- bromination products was obtained. This material was used directly in the next step. Example 2B: 2-(3-Bromo-6-chloro-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-l-ylmethyl)-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000108_0002
[0377] The title compound was synthesized according to the procedure of 1A. MS (ES) [m+H] calculated for C13H8BrClN2O, 323, 325; found 323, 325. Example 2: (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin-l-yl)-3-bromo-2-oxopyridin-l(2H)- yl)methyl) benzonitrile, TFA salt
Figure imgf000108_0003
[0378] The title compound was synthesized according to the procedure of 1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ: 7.95 (d, 7=8.08 Hz, 1 H), 7.74 (d, 7=7.58 Hz, 1 H), 7.60 (dd, 7=8.84, 7.83 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (t, 7=7.58 Hz, 1 H), 7.04 - 7.14 (br s, 1 H), 6.18 (d, 7=7.83 Hz, 1 H), 5.50 - 5.64 (br s, 2 H), 3.26 - 3.37 (m, 2 H), 2.45 - 3.03 (m, 3 H), 1.24 - 2.17 (m, 4 H). MS (ES) [m+H] calculated for C18H19BrN4O, 387, 389; found 387, 389. Example 3: (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin-l-yl)-2-oxo-3-(pyridin-3-yl)pyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)methyl)benzonitrile
Figure imgf000109_0001
[0379] (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin-l-yl)~3-bromo-2-oxopyridin-l(2H)- yl)methyl)benzonitrile (70 mg, 0.18 mmol), pyridin-3-ylboronic acid (33 mg, 0.27 mmol), and sodium carbonate (57 mg, 0.54 mmol) were stirred in DME (2 mL)/ H2O (0.3 mL) in a flask purged with nitrogen. Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (31 mg, 0.03 mmol) was added, and the reaction stirred at 88 C for 2 h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried (MgSO ), and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by silica gel chromatography (5% MeOH/CHCl3) followed by conversion to the TFA salt with TFA/CH2C12 gave 76 mg (85%) of the title compound as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): δ 9.33 (s, IH), 8.87 (d, IH, J = 8.0 Hz), 8.71 (d, IH, J = 4.0 Hz), 8.01-8.14 (m, 2H), 7.74 (d, IH, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.60 (t, IH, J = 8.0, 8.0 Hz), 7.43 (t, IH, J = 4.0, 8.0 Hz), 7.24 (d, IH, J = 8.0 Hz), 6.43 (d, IH, J = 8.0 Hz), 5.60 (AB q, 2H, J = 40.0, 16.0 Hz), 3.38-3.50 (m, IH), 2.73-3.14 (m, 4H), 2.06-2.19 (m, IH), 1.50-1.91 (m, 3H). MS (ES) [m+H] calc'd for C23H23N5O, 386; found 386. Example 4: (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin-l-yl)-2-oxo-3-(prop-l-ynyl)pyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)methyl)benzonitrile
Figure imgf000109_0002
[0380] (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl)-3-bromo-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)methyl) benzonitrile (Example 2) (120 mg, 0.31 mmol) and tributyl(l-propynyl)tin (140 μL, 0.46 mmol) were stirred in dioxane (5 mL) in a flask purged with nitrogen. Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (54 mg, 0.046 mmol) was added, and the stirred at 96 °C for 40 h. Concentration in vacuo and purification by silica gel chromatography (16% MeOH / CHC13) gave 82 mg (76%) of the title compound as a clear oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD-dt): δ 7.58 (d, IH, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.36-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.26 (t, IH, J = 4.0, 8.0 Hz), 7.63 (d, IH, J = 8.0 Hz), 5.81 (d, IH, J = 4.0 Hz), 5.47 (s, 2H), 2.66-2.92 (m, 3H), 2.16-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.0 (s, 3H), 1.42-1.90 (m, 3H), 0.97-1,19 (m, IH). MS (ES) [m+H] calc'd for C21H22N4O, 347; found 347. Example 5: (R,E)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- l-yl)-2-oxo-3-(2-(pyridin-3- yl)vinyi)pyridm- 1 (2H)-yl)methyl)benzonitrile
Figure imgf000110_0001
Example 5A: 3-((E)-2-Tributylstannanyl-vinyl)-pyridine
Figure imgf000110_0002
[0381] 3-Ethynyl-pyridine (1.03 g, 10 mmol) and tributyltin hydride (3.2 mL, 12 mmol) were stirred in dry THF (10 mL) with a catalytic amount of ATBN at 50 C for 18 h. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography (10% EOAc / hexanes) to give 2.09 g (53%) of the title compound as a clear oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): δ 8.61 (s, IH), 8.45 (d, IH, J = 3.2 Hz), 7.75 (d, IH, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.25-7.29 (m, IH), 6.93 (AB q, 2 H, J = 57.2, 19.6 Hz), 1.49-1.59 (m, 6H), 1.28-1.39 (m, 6H), 0.87-1.00 (m, 15H).
[0382] Also obtained from the reaction was 0.91 g (23%) of the less polar 3-((Z)-2- tributylstannanyl-vinyl)-pyridine. 1H NMR (400 MHz,
Figure imgf000110_0003
δ 8.48-8.52 (m, 2H), 7.53- 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.27 (m, IH), 6.38 (d, IH, J = 14.0 Hz), 1.35-1.45 (m, 6H), 1.20-1.30 (m, 6H), 0.78-0.90 (m, 15H). Example 5: (R,E)-2-((6-(3-aminoρiperidin- 1 -yl)-2-oxo-3-(2-(ρyridin-3- yl)vinyl)pyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)methyl)benzonitrile
Figure imgf000111_0001
[0383] The title compound was prepared in 55 % yield using 3-((E)-2-tributylstannanyl- vinyl)-pyridine in the general procedure outlined for Example 4. !H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD-d : δ 8.91 (s, IH), 8.72 (d, IH, J = 12.0 Hz), 8.63 (d, IH, J =4.0 Hz), 8.00 (dd, IH, J = 8.0, 8.0 Hz), 7.90 (d, IH, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.66-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.63 (m, 3H), 7.13 (d, IH, J = 8.0 Hz), 6.34 (d, IH, J = 8.0 Hz), 5.59 (ABq, 2H, J =16.0, 24.0 Hz), 3.35-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.10- 2.69 (m, 3H), 2.04-2.18 (m, IH), 1.48-1.93 (m, 3H). MS (ES) [m+H] calc'd for C25H25N5O, 412; found 412. 4. Examples of In vitro Assays [0384] The protease inhibitory activities of DPP-TV inhibitors can be readily determined by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art since suitable in vitro assays for measuring protease activity and the inhibition thereof by test compounds are known. Examples of assays that may be used for measuring protease inhibitory activity and selectivity are set forth below. DPP-IV Assay [0385] Solutions of test compounds in varying concentrations (≤lOmM final concentration) were prepared in Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO) and then diluted into assay buffer comprising: 20mM Tris, pH 7.4; 20mM KC1; and O.lmg/mL BSA. Human DPP-TV (0.1 nM final concentration) was added to the dilutions and pre-incubated for 10 minutes at ambient temperature before the reaction was initiated with A-P-7-amido-4- trifluoromethylcoumarin (AP-AFC; 10 μM final concentration). The total volume of the reaction mixture was 10-lOOμL depending on assay formats used (384 or 96 well plates). The reaction was followed kinetically (excitation λ=400 nm; emission λ=505 nm) for 5-10 minutes or an end-point was measured after 10 minutes. Inhibition constants (IC50) were calculated from the enzyme progress curves using standard mathematical models. FAPα Assay [0386] Solutions of test compounds in varying concentrations (≤lOmM final concentration) were prepared in Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO) and then diluted into assay buffer comprising: 20mM Tris, pH 7.4; 20mM KCl; and 0. Img/mL BSA. Human FAPα (2 nM final concentration) was added to the dilutions and pre-incubated for 10 minutes at ambient temperature before the reaction was initiated with A-P-7-amido-4- trifluoromethylcoumarin (AP-AFC; 40 μM final concentration). The total volume of the reaction mixture was 10-lOOμL depending on assay formats used (384 or 96 well plates). The reaction was followed kinetically (excitation λ=400 nm; emission λ=505 nm) for 5-10 minutes or an end-point was measured after 10 minutes. Inhibition constants (IC50) were calculated from the enzyme progress curves using standard mathematical models. PREP Assay [0387] Solutions of test compounds in varying concentrations (≤lOmM final concentration) were prepared in Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO) and then diluted into assay buffer comprising: 20mM Sodium Phosphate, pH 7.4; 0.5mM EDTA; 0.5mM DTT; and 0. Img/mL BSA. PREP (EC3.4.21.26 from Flavobacterium meningosepticum; 0.2 nM final concentration) was added to the dilutions. The PREP and compound were pre-incubated for 10 minutes at ambient temperature before the reaction was initiated with Z-G-P-AMC (10 μM final concentration). The total volume of the reaction mixture was 10-lOOμL depending on assay formats used (384 or 96 well plates). The reaction was followed kinetically (excitation λ=375 nm; emission λ=460 nm) for 10 minutes or an end-point was measured after 10 minutes. Inhibition constants (IC50) were calculated from the enzyme progress curves using standard mathematical models. Tryptase Assay [0388] Solutions of test compounds in varying concentrations (≤lOmM final concentration) were prepared in Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO) and then diluted into assay buffer comprising: lOOmM Hepes, pH 7.4; 0.01% Brij35; and 10% glycerol. Tryptase (rhLung beta; 0.1 nM final concentration) was added to the dilutions and pre-incubated with compound for 10 minutes at ambient temperature. The enzymatic reaction was initiated with 25 μM Z-lys-SBzl and 400μM DTNB. The total volume of the reaction mixture was lOOμL in Costar A/2 96 well plates. The reaction was followed colorimetrically (λ=405 nm) for 10 minutes. Inhibition constants (IC50) were calculated from the enzyme progress curves using standard mathematical models.
[0389] Compounds of the invention were tested according to the above-described assays for protease inhibition and observed to exhibit selective DPP-TV inhibitory activity. For example, compounds of the invention were found to inhibit DPP-TV activity at concentrations that are at least 50 fold less than those concentrations required to produce an equiactive inhibition of protease activity for FAPα. The apparent inhibition constants (Kj) for compounds of the invention, against DPP-TV, were in the range from about 10"9M to about 10"5M.
[0390] It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and variations can be made in the compounds, compositions, kits, and methods of the present invention without departing from the spirit or scope of the invention. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and variations of this invention provided they come within the scope of the appended claims and their equivalents.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A compound comprising one of Formulae la and lb:
Figure imgf000114_0001
la lb wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR4; Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, thio, (C1-ι0)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, and a substituted or unsubstituted 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl(Ci-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Ci-i0)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl ( ^alkyl, (C -ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl ( ^alkyl, (C -12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R , or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι.10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; L is a linker providing 0-6 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached; and X is selected from the group consisting of (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted. A compound comprising one of Formulae Ha and Hb:
Figure imgf000115_0001
Ha lib wherein n is O, 1, 2, or 3; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NRt; Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, and a substituted or unsubstituted 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι.ιo)alkyl, (C3-i2)cycloalkyl, (C3-i2)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (Cι-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Ci-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (Cι-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C -1 )cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (Cι_ιo)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-ιo)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; and X is selected from the group consisting of (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C4-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
3. A compound comprising one of Formulae IHa and nib:
Figure imgf000117_0001
wherein m is O, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; n is O, 1, 2, or 3; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NRt; Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-ι0)alkyl, amino, cyano, thio, (Cι-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1- )alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, and a substituted or unsubstituted 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-i2)cycloalkyl(Cι.5)alkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl(C1_5)alkyl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-ι0)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, ( .^alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-ι0)alkyl, heteroaryl ( ^alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cno)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-1o)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-1o)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; and each R is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-ι0)alkyl, CF3, (C1-10)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
4. A compound comprising one of Formulae TVa, TVb, TVc, TVd, TVe, and TVf :
Figure imgf000118_0001
TVd TVe TVf wherein n is O, 1, 2, or 3; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NRt; each of T, U, V, W and Y is independently nitrogen or CRι6, provided that no more than two of T, U, V, W and Y are nitrogen; Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-io)alkyl, amino, cyano, thio, (Cι-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, and a substimted or unsubstituted 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C -ι2)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-1 )bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι_3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-10)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-10)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; and each R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, CF3, (C1-10)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
5. A compound comprising one of Formulae Va and Vb:
Figure imgf000120_0001
Va Vb wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NRt; Ri is selected from the group consisting of (C1-ι0)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(Cι-5)alkyl, aryl(Cι-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-i2)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(Ci-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1.1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-s)alkyl, (C -i2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-ιo)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(Ci.io)alkyl, heteroaryl (Ci^alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R , or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; and R9 and R10 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(Ci.io)aikyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1- )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or R9 and Rio are taken together to form a 5, 6, or 7 membered ring, each substituted or unsubstituted.
6. A compound comprising one of Formulae Via and Vlb:
Figure imgf000121_0001
wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR4; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-i2)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(Cι-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, hetero(C -12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1- )alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (Ci-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-s)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R9 and R10 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(Cι-10)alkyl, amino, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl (C^alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or R9 and Rio are taken together to form a 5, 6, or 7 membered ring, each substituted or unsubstituted; L is a linker providing 0-6 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached; and X is selected from the group consisting of (C1-ι0)alkyl, (C3-1 )cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C -12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
7. A compound comprising one of Formulae Vila and Vllb:
Figure imgf000123_0001
Vila Vllb wherein n is O, 1, 2, or 3; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NRt; 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(Cι-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι- )alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (C1- )alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (Cι-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (Ci_5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-ιo)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (Cι.ιo)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; R9 and Rio are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(C1-ιo)alkyl, amino, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or R9 and R10 are taken together to form a 5, 6, or 7 membered ring, each substituted or unsubstituted; and X is selected from the group consisting of (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-i2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
8. A compound comprising one of Formulae VITIa and VTflb:
Figure imgf000124_0001
wherein n is O, 1, 2, or 3; m is O, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NRt; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-ιo)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(Cι-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C -12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1- )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; Rs and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-1o)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-1o)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, CF3, (C1-10)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; and R9 and Rio are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, (Cι-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (Cι,5)alkyl, (C92)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or R9 and R^ are taken together to form a 5, 6, or 7 membered ring, each substituted or unsubstituted. A compound comprising one of Formulae TXa, TXb, TXc, TXd, TXe, and TXf :
Figure imgf000126_0001
IXd IXe IXf wherein n is O, 1, 2, or 3; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR4; each of T, U, V, W, and Y is independently nitrogen or CRι6, provided that no more than two of T, U, V, W, and Y are nitrogen; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι.ι0)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, (C9-i2)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-1 )bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(Ci-5)alkyl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-ι0)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000127_0001
heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι- )alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι.ιo)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, (C3-i2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-s)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-ι0)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (Cι.ιo)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-1o)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; each R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, CF3, (C1-1o)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; and R and Rio are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(C1-ιo)alkyl, amino, (Cι-ι0)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(Ci-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or R9 and R^ are taken together to form a 5, 6, or 7 membered ring, each substituted or unsubstituted.
10. A compound comprising one of Formulae Xa and Xb:
Figure imgf000128_0001
wherein p is 0-10; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NRt; Ri is selected from the group consisting of (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(Cι-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C -12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι )bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1- )alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1_5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-i2)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι- )alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-ιo)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (Cι-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-ι0)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-i2)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι-ι0)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; and each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, CF3, (C1-10)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
11. A compound comprising one of Formulae XIa and Xlb:
Figure imgf000129_0001
wherein p is 0-10; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NRt; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl(Cι-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, hetero(C -ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι- )alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι-ι0)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-s)alkyl, (C -12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-ιo)alkyl, (C -12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl ( ^alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-ιo)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, CF3, (C1-1o)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; L is a linker providing 0-6 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached; and X is selected from the group consisting of (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3_12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C .ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
12. A compound comprising one of Formulae XTIa and XHb:
Figure imgf000131_0001
wherein n is O, 1, 2, or 3; p is 0-10; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NRt; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(Cι-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1_10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-i2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-ιo)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy *, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-1o)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-10)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, CF3, (C1-10)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; and X is selected from the group consisting of (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C -12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
13. A compound comprising one of Formulae XlTIa and Xrflb :
Figure imgf000132_0001
wherein m is O, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; n is O, 1, 2, or 3; p is 0-10; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR4; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(C1-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8,12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1_3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1- )alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-ι0)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι-ι0)alkyl, heteroaryl (Cι-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (Cι-1o)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-1 )cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-1 )bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Ci-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-1o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-1o)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-1o)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, CF3, (C1-1o)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; and each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, CF3, (C1-10)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
14. A compound comprising one of Formulae XTVa, XTVb, XTVe, XTVd, XTVe, and XTVf :
Figure imgf000134_0001
wherein n is O, 1, 2, or 3; p is 0-10; Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NRt; each of T, U, V, W, and Y is independently nitrogen or CRι6, provided that no more than two of T, U, V, W, and Y are nitrogen; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-1o)alkyl, (C3-i2)cycloalkyl, (C3-i2)cycloalkyl(Cι.5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-5)alkyl, aryl(Cι.ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, ( .^alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C -ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι.ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl (Cι-5)alkyl, (C9-i2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι- )alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι.ιo)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1- )alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1- )alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-10)alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-10)alkoxy, cyano, and halo, or where R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring; each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-ιo)alkyl, CF3, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; and each Rι<5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι.ιo)alkyl, CF3> (Cι-ιo)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
15. A compound comprising one of Formulae XVa and XVb:
Figure imgf000136_0001
XVa XVb wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NRt; M is a moiety providing 1-6 atom separation between Rι9 and the ring to which M is attached; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl(Cι_5)alkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(Cι-5)alkyl, aryl(C1_ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl(C1-5)alkyl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-s)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-ι0)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-10)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; R19 comprises a basic nitrogen atom that is capable of interacting with a carboxylic acid side chain of an active site residue of a protein; L is a linker providing 0-6 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached; and X is selected from the group consisting of (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3.12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C4-i2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
16. A compound according to claim 15 , wherein M provides 1-3 atom separation between Rι9 and the ring.
17. A compound according to claim 15, wherein M is selected from the group consisting of -CE-2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2-, -C(O)-, -CH2C(O)-, -C(O)CH2-, -CH2-C(O)CH2-, -C(O)CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2C(O)-, -O-, -OCH2-, -CH2O-, -CH2OCH2-, -OCH2CH2-, -CH2CH2O-, -N(CH3)-, -NHCH2-, -CH2NH-, -CH2NHCH2-, -NHCH2CH2-, -CH2CH2NH-, -NH-C(O)-, -NCH3-C(O)-, -C(O)NH-, -C(O)NCH3-, -NHC(O)CH2-, -C(O)NHCH2-, -C(O)CH2NH-, -CH2NHC(O)-, -CH2C(O)NH-, -NHCH2C(O)-, -S-, -SCH2-, -CH2S-, -SCH2CH2-, -CH2SCH2-, -CH2CH2S-, -C(O)S-, -C(O)SCH2-, -CH2C(O)S-, -C(O)CH2S-, and -CH2SC(O)-, each unsubstituted or substituted.
18. A compound according to any one of claims 15-17, wherein R19 is selected from the group consisting of a primary, secondary or tertiary amine, a heterocycloalkyl comprising a nitrogen ring atom, and a heteroaryl comprising a nitrogen ring atom.
19. A compound according to any one of claims 15-17, wherein the basic nitrogen of R19 is separated from the ring atom to which M is attached by between 1-5 atoms.
20. A compound according to any one of claims 15-17, wherein the basic nitrogen of R19 forms part of a primary, secondary, or tertiary amine.
21. A compound according to any one of claims 15-17, wherein R19 is selected from the group consisting of a heterocycloalkyl comprising a nitrogen ring atom or a heteroaryl comprising a nitrogen ring atom.
22. A compound according to claim 15, wherein -MRι9 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000138_0001
wherein p is 0-12 and each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, CF3, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, with the proviso that at least one R8 includes the basic nitrogen of Rι9.
23. A compound according to claim 22, wherein at least one R8 is a primary, secondary, or tertiary amine.
24. A compound according to claim 22, wherein at least one R8 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl comprising a nitrogen ring atom or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl comprising a nitrogen ring atom.
25. A compound according to claim 22, wherein at least one R8 is selected from the group consisting of -NH2, -NH(C1-5 alkyl), -N(C1-5 alkyl) 2, piperazine, imidazole, and pyridine.
26. A compound according to claim 15, wherein -MR19 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000139_0001
wherein r is 0-13 and each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, CF3, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, with the proviso that at least one R8 includes the basic nitrogen of R19.
27. A compound according to claim 26, wherein at least one R8 is a primary, secondary, or tertiary amine.
28. A compound according to claim 26, wherein at least one R8 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl comprising a nitrogen ring atom or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl comprising a nitrogen ring atom.
29. A compound according to claim 26, wherein at least one R8 is selected from the group consisting of -NH2, -NH(Cι_5 alkyl), -N(Cι-5 alkyl)2, piperazine, imidazole, and pyridine.
30. A compound according to any one of claims 15-29, wherein L provides 0-3 atom separation between X and the ring.
31. A compound according to any one of claims 15-29, wherein L provides 0 or 1 atom separation between X and the ring.
32. A compound according to any one of claims 15-29, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl.
33. A compound comprising one of Formulae XVIa and XVIb:
Figure imgf000139_0002
XVIa XVIb wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO, SO2, and C=NR ; Z' is a leaving group; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(Cι-5)alkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl(Cι-5)alkyl, aryl(Cι-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl(Cι-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl(C1,5)alkyl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, hetero Cs-i^bicycloary ^alkyl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι-ι0)alkyl, heteroaryl (Ci^alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-i2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, amino, cyano, nitro, thio, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, (C3-ι )cycloalkyl, hetero(C -ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl
Figure imgf000140_0001
(C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1- )alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted, or where R2 and R , or R2' and R3 are taken together to form a ring; Rt is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-1o)alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted; L is a linker providing 0-6 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached; and X is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, and heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
34. A compound according to claim 33, wherein Z' is selected from the group consisting of halo, nitro, azido, phenylsulfoxido, aryloxy, alkoxy, alkylsulfonate, and arylsulfonate.
35. A compound according to claim 33, wherein Z' is selected from the group consisting of halo, thio, hydroxyl, p-tolylsulphonyloxy and mefhylsulphonyloxy.
36. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 6, 11, and 33-35, wherein L provides 0- 3 atom separation between X and the ring.
37. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 6, 11, and 33-35, wherein L provides 1- 3 atom separation between X and the ring.
38. A compound according to any one of claims 1 , 6, 11 , and 33-35, wherein L is a linker providing 1, 2, or 3 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached, wherein the atoms of the linker providing the separation are selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur
39. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 6, 11, and 33-35, wherein L is a linker providing 1, 2, or 3 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached and the 1, 2, or 3 atoms of L providing the separation comprise carbon atoms.
40. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 6, 11, and 33-35, wherein L is a linker providing 1, 2, or 3 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached and the 1, 2, or 3 atoms of L providing the separation are selected from the group of linkers consisting of at least one oxygen or at least one nitrogen atom.
41. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 6, 11, and 33-35, wherein L provides 1 atom separation between X and the ring.
42. A compound according to claim 41, wherein the 1 atom separation is provided by an atom selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, and S.
43. A compound according to claim 41, wherein the 1 atom separation is provided by a carbon atom.
44. A compound according to claim 41 , wherein the 1 atom separation is provided by an oxygen atom.
45. A compound according to claim 41, wherein the 1 atom separation is provided by a nitrogen atom.
46. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 6, 11, and 33-35, wherein L is a carbonyl.
47. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 6, 11, and 33-35, wherein Lis a linker providing 0-6 atom separation between X and the ring to which L is attached, with the proviso that L is not -NH- or -N=CH-.
48. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 6, 11, and 33-35, wherein L is selected from the group consisting of (Cι-ιo)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl(Ci-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (Cι-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
49. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 6, 11, and 33-35, wherein L is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CHR12-, -C(R12)(R12 -, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -C(NH)-, -C(NR12)-, -O-, -N(H)-, -N(R12)-, and -S- where R12 and R12- are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, amino, halo, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-i2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1- )alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted or where or R12 and R1 > are taken together to form a 5, 6, or 7 membered ring, each substituted or unsubstituted.
50. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 6, 11, and 33-35, wherein L is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2-, -C(O)-, -CH2C(O)-, -C(O)CH2-, -CH2-C(O)CH2-, -C(O)CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2C(O)-, -O-, -OCH2-, -CH2O-, -CH2OCH2-, -OCH2CH2-, -CH2CH2O-, -N(CH3)-, -NHCH2-, -CH2NH-, -CH2NHCH2-, -NHCH2CH2-, -CH2CH2NH-, -NH-C(O)-, -NCH3-C(O)-, -C(O)NH-, -C(O)NCH3-, -NHC(O)CH2-, -C(O)NHCH2-, -C(O)CH2NH-, -CH2NHC(O)-, -CH2C(O)NH-, -NHCH2C(O)-, -S-, -SCH2-, -CH2S-, -SCH2CH2-, -CH2SCH2-, -CH2CH2S-, -C(O)S-, -C(O)SCH2-, -CH2C(O)S-, -C(O)CH2S-, and -CH2SC(O)-.
51. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 6, 11, and 33-35, wherein L is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -C(O>, -CH2C(O)-, -C(O)CH2-, -CH2-C(O)CH2-, -C(O)CH2CH2-, and -CH2CH2C(O)-.
52. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 6, 7, 11, 12, and 33-50, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C4-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (Cι-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
53. A compound accordingto any one of claims 1, 2, 6, 7, 11, 12, and 33-50, whereinXis selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, and heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
54. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 6, 7, 11, 12, and 33-50,whereinXis a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl.
55. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 6, 7, 11, 12, and 33-50,whereinXis a substituted or unsubstituted (C3-7)cycloalkyl.
56. A compound according to any one of claims 1 , 2, 6, 7, 11 , 12, and 33-50,wherein X is a substituted or unsubstituted (C3- )heterocycloalkyl.
57. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 6, 7, 11, 12, and 33-50,whereinXis a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl.
58. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 6, 7, 11, 12, and 33-50,wherein X is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
59. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 6, 7, 11, 12, and 33-50,wherein X is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
60. A compound according to any one of claims 1 , 2, 6, 7, 11 , 12, and 33-50,wherein X is a ring having a non-hydrogen substituent at a 2 or 3 position of the ring.
61. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 6, 7, 11, 12, and 33-50,wherein X has a non-hydrogen substituent at a 2 or 3 position of the ring wherein the non-hydrogen substituent is selected from the group consisting of (Cι-ιo)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1.1o)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl, sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl, imino (C1-3)alkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, cyano, nitro, halo, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
62. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 6, 7, 11, 12, and 33-50, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of (2-cyano)phenyl; (3-cyano)phenyl; (2-hydroxy)phenyl; (3-hydroxy)phenyl; (2-alkenyl)phenyl; (3-alkenyl)phenyl; (2-alkynyl)phenyl; (3- alkyny phenyl; (2-methoxy)phenyl; (3-methoxy)phenyl; (2-nitro)phenyl; (3-nitro)phenyl; (2- carboxy)phenyl; (3-carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxamido)phenyl; (3-carboxamido)phenyl; (2-sulfonamido)phenyl; (3-sulfonamido)phenyl; (2-tetrazolyl)phenyl; (3-tetrazolyl)ρhenyl; (2-aminomethyl)phenyl; (3-aminomethyl)phenyl; (2-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; (3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; (2-phenyl)phenyl; (3-phenyl)phenyl; (2-halo)phenyl; (3- halo)phenyl; (2-CONH2)phenyl; (3-CONH2)phenyl; (2-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; (3-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; (2-CO2(Cr7)alkyl)phenyl; (3-CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; (2- NH2)phenyl; (3-NH2)phenyl; (2-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; (3-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; (2-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; (3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; (2-aryl)phenyl; (3-aryl)phenyl; (2-heteroaryl)phenyl; (3-heteroaryl)phenyl; 2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl; 2-chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; 2-cyano-5-fluoro phenyl; 2,5-dichloro phenyl; 2,5-difluoro phenyl; 2,5-dibromo phenyl; 2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; 2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; 2,3,5-trifluoro phenyl; 2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl; 2-bromo-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; 2-chloro-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; 2- cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; 2-cyano-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; (2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and (3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
63. A compound according to any one of claims 1 , 2, 6, 7, 11 , 12, and 33-50,wherein X is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000145_0001
wherein A is S, O, or NR2ι; B is CR20 or N; R2o is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, amino, thio, cyano, CF3, nitro, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, (C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-ι2)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cι-ιo)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, imino group, carbonyl group, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, sulfinyl group; and R21 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(Cι-1o)alkyl, amino, (C1-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C^alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, imino group, carbonyl group, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, sulfinyl group.
64. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 6, 7, 11, 12, and 33-50,whereinXis selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000145_0002
t is O, 1, 2, or 3; and each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, CF3, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
65. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 6, 7, 11, 12, and 33-50, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000146_0001
wherein t is O, 1, 2, or 3; and each R is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, CF3, (C1-ι0)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
66. A compound according to claim 65, wherein R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of -cyano, -methoxy, -nitro, -carboxy, -sulfonamido, -tetrazolyl, -aminomethyl, -hydroxymethyl, -phenyl, -halo, -CONH2, -CONH(C1-7)alkyl, -CO2(C1-7)alkyl, -NH2, -OH, -(Cι_5)alkyl, -alkenyl, -alkynyl, -CCH, (C1-5)cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
67. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 6, 11, and 33-66, wherein -LX is -ORπ, where Rπ is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, and heterobicycloaryl.
68. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 6, 11, and 33-66, wherein -L-X taken together is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3- cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2- alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-alkynyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3- alkynyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)- (2-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3- carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2- sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3- tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aminomethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aminomethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2- hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)~ (3-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH2)phenyl; - (CH2)-(3-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH(C 7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)- (2-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)- (3-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; - (CH2)-(2-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)- (3-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH )-2-chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; - (CH2)-2-cyano-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dichloro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-difluoro phenyl; - (CH2)-2,5-dibromo phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo- 3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; ~(CH )-2-cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH )-(2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and - (CH2)-(3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
69. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 6, 11, and 33-68, wherein -LX is selected from the group consisting of -(Cι)alkyl-aryl, -(Cι)alkyl-bicycloaryl, -aminoaryl, - aminoheteroaryl, -aminobicycloaryl, -aminoheterobicycloaryl, -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, -O- bicycloaryl, -O-heterobicycloaryl, -(S)-aryl, -(S)-heteroaryl, -(S)-bicycloaryl, -S- heterobicycloaryl, -C(O)-aryl, -C(O)-heteroaryl, - C(O)-bicycloaryl, - C(O)-heterobicycloaryl, -C(S)-aryl, -C(S)-heteroaryl, -C(S)-bicycloaryl, -C(S)-heterobicycloaryl, -S(O)-aryl, -S(O)- heteroaryl, -S(O)-bicycloaryl, -SO2-heterobicycloaryl, -SO -aryl, -SO2-heteroaryl, -SO2- bicycloaryl, -SO2-heterobicycloaryl, -C(NRι3)-aryl, -C(NRι3)-heteroaryl, -C(NRι3)- bicycloaryl, -C(NR13)-heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted where R13 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, amino, cyano, ( - 10)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(Cr10)alkyl, heteroaryl (Ci-5)alkyl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
70. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is selected from the group consisting of (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-10)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, and hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
71. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is a substituted or unsubstituted 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring.
72. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is a substituted or unsubstituted 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered cycloalkyl.
73. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is a substituted or unsubstituted 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered heterocycloalkyl.
74. A compound according to claim 73, wherein Z comprises O, N(O), N, S, SO, SO2, or a carbonyl group in the ring.
75. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
76. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
77. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
78. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is - NRgRw where R9 and R10 together are -(CH2)4-6 with or without being interrupted by one O, S, SO, SO2, carbonyl group, N(O), NH, N-(aryl), N-(aryl(C1-5)alkyl), N-(carboxy(C1-5)alkyl), or N-(C1-2)alkyl) group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
79. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is - NR9R10, where R9 is selected from the group consisting of (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C6-ι2)aryl, hetero(C5-12)aryl, (C9-ι2)bicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted and hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, and Rio is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-8)alkyl.
80. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is - NRcRio where R9 and Rio are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted 5, 6, or 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or heterobicycloaryl.
81. A compound according to claim 80, wherein R9 and Rio are taken together to form a pyrrole, pyrazole, triazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, indole, isoindole, piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, homopiperazine, azetidine, and hexahydroazepine, each substituted or unsubstituted.
82. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000149_0001
wherein p is 0-12 and each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, CF3, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
83. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000150_0001
wherein r is 0-13 and each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι-10)alkyl, CF3, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
84. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is selected from the group consisting of (C9-1 )bicycloaryl and hetero(C -1 )bicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
85. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, triazole, isoxazole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, oxadiazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, triazine, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, benzothiophene, isobenzothiophene, imidazole, benzimidazole, indole, isoindole, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, quinazoline, naphthyridine, pyridopyridme, quinoxaline, phthalazine, and benzothiazole, each substituted or unsubstituted.
86. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomefhyl-pyrrolidin-l- yl, 3-aminoazetidin-l-yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l-yl, 3-aminocyclopent-l-yl, 3- aminomethylcyclopent-1-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex-l-yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3- amino-cyclohex-1-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, R-3- aminopiperidin-1-yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino- cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
87. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-69, wherein Z is selected from the group consisting of halo, thio, hydroxyl.
88. A compound according to any one of claims 5 and 10, wherein RΪ is selected from the group consisting of: wherein A is S, O, or NR2ι; B is CR20 orN; R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, amino, thio, cyano, CF3, nitro, (Cι-1o)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-ι2)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, imino group, carbonyl group, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, sulfinyl group; and R ι is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, perhalo(C1-10)alkyl, amino, (C1-ιo)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, aryl(C1-1o)alkyl, heteroaryl (C-^alkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl, hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, carbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, imino group, carbonyl group, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, sulfinyl group.
89. A compound according to any one of claims 5 and 10, wherein Rt is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000151_0002
wherein t is O, 1, 2, or 3; and each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, ρerhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, CF3, (C1-10)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
90. A compound according to any one of claims 5 and 10, wherein Ri is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000152_0001
wherein t is O, 1, 2, or 3; and each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι-ιo)alkyl, CF3, (Cι-10)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
91. A compound according to any one of claims 2-4, 7-9, 12-14, and 36-90, wherein R5 and R6 are taken together to form a ring.
92. A compound according to any one of claims 2-4, 7-9, 12-14, and 36-90, wherein at least one of R5 and R6 is a substituted or unsubstituted -(C1-8)alkyleneR17, wherein R17 is selected from the group consisting of (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C4-12)cycloalkyl, (C6-12)aryl, hetero(C5-12)aryl, (C9-12)bicycloalkyl, hetero(C9-12)bicycloalkyl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl and hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
93. A compound according to any one of claims 2-4, 7-9, 12-14, and 36-90, wherein at least one of R5 and R6 is optionally substituted by one to three radicals selected from the group consisting of (C1-6)alkyl, cyano, halo, nitro, halo-substituted(C1-6)alkyl, -NR18R18, -NR18C(O)OR18, -NR18C(O)NR18R18, -NR18C(NR18)NR18R18, -OR18, -SR18, -C(O)OR18, -C(O)NR18R18, -S(O)2NR18R18, -P(O)(OR18)OR18, -OP(O)(OR18)OR18, -NR18C(O)R18, -S(O)R18, -S(O)2R18, -(C1-8)alkyleneC(O)R18, -(C1-8)alkyleneNR18R18, -(C1-8)alkyleneNR18C(O)OR18, -(C1-8)alkyleneNR18C(O)NR18R18, -(C1-8)alkyleneNR18C(NR18)NRι88, -(Cι-8)alkyleneORι8, -(C1-8)alkyleneSR18, -(C1-8)alkyleneC(O)OR18, -(C1-8)alkyleneC(O)NR18R18, -(C1-8)alkyleneS(O)2NR188, -(Cι-8)alkyleneP(O)(ORι8)OR18> -(C1-8)alkyleneOP(O)(OR18)OR18,
-(C1-8)alkyleneNRi8C(O)Ri8, -(C1-8)alkyleneS(O)R18, -(C1-8)alkyleneS(O)2R18 and -(Cι-8)alkyleneC(O)R18 where each R18 substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-8)alkyl.
94. A compound according to any one of claims 2-4, 7-9, 12-14, and 36-90, wherein at least one of R5 and R6 is optionally substituted by one to three radicals selected from the group consisting of -NH2, -NHC(NH)NH2, -OH, -SH, -C(O)OH and -C(O)NH2.
95. A compound according to any one of claims 2-4, 7-9, 12-14, and 36-90, wherein R5 and R6 are hydrogen.
96. A compound according to claim 95, wherein n is 1 or 2.
97. A compound according to any one of claims 3, 8, 13, and 36-96, wherein R5 and R6 are hydrogen and each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(C1-1o)alkyl, CF3, (C1-ιo)alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, amino, thio, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
98. A compound according to any one of claims 3, 8, 13, and 36-96, wherein R5 and R6 are hydrogen and two R are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstimted fused or bridged ring.
99. A compound according to any one of claims 3, 8, 13, and 36-96, wherein R5 and R6 are hydrogen, n is 1, and R7 is 2-cyano.
100. A compound according to any one of claims 3, 8, 13, and 36-96, wherein: n is 1, 2, or 3; R5 and R6 are hydrogen; and each R is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, perhalo(Cι.ι0)alkyl, CF3, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, carbonyl group, imine group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, each substituted or unsubstituted.
101. A compound according to any one of claims 3, 8, 13, and 36-96, wherein R5 and R6 are hydrogen and R7 is 2-cyano.
102. A compound according to any one of claims 3, 8, 13, and 36-96, wherein two R7 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring.
103. A compound according to any one of claims 3, 8, 13, and 36-96, wherein two R7 are taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted bridged ring.
104. A compound according to any one of claims 2, 3, 4, and 36-103, wherein: n is 1 or 2; Z is selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbonyl group, imino group, sulfonyl group and sulfinyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered ring; and R5 and R6 are hydrogen.
105. A compound according to any one of claims 1-104, wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of CO, SO and SO2.
106. A compound according to any one of claims 1-104, wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of CO and SO2.
107. A compound according to any one of claims 1-104, wherein Q is C=NRt and R is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, and heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
108. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R3 is hydrogen.
109. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R3 is selected from the group consisting of -NH2, -NHCH3, -N(CH3)2, -NHC1-3-alkyl, and -N(C1-3-alkyl)2, each substituted or unsubstituted.
110. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R3 is selected from the group consisting of a (C2-ιo)alkenyl; an amino, (C1-10)alkyl,or alkoxy carbonyl (C1-3)alkenyl; an amino, (C1-10)alkyl,or alkoxy thiocarbonyl (Cι-3)alkenyl; an amino, (Cι.ιo)alkyl,or alkoxy sulfonyl (Cι-3)alkenyl; an amino, (Cι-1o)alkyl,or alkoxy sulfinyl (C1-3)alkenyl; an amino, (Cι.ιo)alkyl,or alkoxy imino (C1-3)alkenyl; an aryl (d^alkenyl; and a heteroaryl (Q.s) alkenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
111. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R3 is selected from the group consisting of a (C2-1o)alkynyl; an amino, (C1-1o)alkyl,or alkoxy carbonyl (C1-3)alkynyl; an amino, (C1-1o)alkyl,or alkoxy thiocarbonyl (C1-3)alkynyl; an amino, (Cι-10)alkyl,or alkoxy sulfonyl (C1- )alkynyl; an amino, (C1-ιo)alkyl,or alkoxy sulfinyl (C1-3)alkynyl; an amino, (C1-1o)alkyl,or alkoxy imino (Cι-3)alkynyl; an aryl (C1-5) alkynyl; and heteroaryl (Cι-5)alkynyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
112. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R3 is substituted or unsubstituted (C3-7)cycloalkyl.
113. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R is substituted or unsubstituted (C3-7)heterocycloalkyl.
114. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R3 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
115. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R3 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
116. A compound according to any one of claims 1 - 107, wherein at least one of R2, R2, and R3 is selected from the group consisting of 2-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorostyryl, 2-methoxyphenyl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, imidazolyl, and 3-furanyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
117. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R3 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
118. A compound according to anyone of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2, R2' and R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, -CF3, and hydroxy.
119. A compound according to any one of claims 1 - 107 , wherein at least one of R2 and R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and hydroxy.
120. A compound according to any one of claims 1 - 107 , wherein at least one of R2' and R3 is selected from the group consisting of I, Br, CI, and F.
121. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R3 is -ORι3 where Rι3 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, bicycloaryl, and heterobicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
122. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R3 is a carbonyl group.
123. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R3 is selected from the group consisting of an aldehyde, acid, amide, and ester.
124. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2' and R3 is selected from the group consisting of -SH, -SCH3, and -S(C1-3)alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
125. A compound according to any one of claims 1 - 107 , wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R3 is -NRι4R15 where R1 is selected from the group consisting of (C3-12)cycloalkyl, hetero(C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C6-12)aryl, hetero(C5-12)aryl, (C9-12)bicycloaryl and hetero(C8-12)bicycloaryl, each substituted or unsubstituted, and R15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-8)alkyl, and where R14 and R15 together are -(CH2)4-5- optionally interrupted by one O, S, NH, or -N(C1-3)alkyl group, unsubstituted or substituted.
126. A compound according to any one of claims 1 - 107, wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R3 is selected from the group consisting of a (Cι-3)alkyl; an amino, (Cι-10)alkyl,or alkoxy carbonyl (C1- )alkyl; an amino, (Ci-ιo)alkyl,or alkoxy thiocarbonyl (Ci-3)alkyl; an amino, (Cι.ι0)alkyl,or alkoxy sulfonyl (C1-3)alkyl; an amino, (C1-1o)alkyl,or alkoxy sulfinyl (C1-3)alkyl; an amino, (Ci.io)alkyl,or alkoxy imino (C1-3)alkyl; an aryl (C1-5)alkyl; and a heteroaryl (C1-5)alkyl, each unsubstituted or substituted.
127. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R3 is selected from the group consisting of l,2-dihydro-2-oxo-pyridinyl-, l,4-dihydro-4-oxo- pyridinyl-, 2,3-dihydro-3-oxo-pyridazinyl-, l,2,3,6-tetrahydro-3,6-dioxo-pyridazinyl-, 1,2- dihydro-2-oxo-pyrimidinyl-, 3,4-dihydro-4-oxo-pyrimidinyl-, l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,4-dioxo- pyrimidinyl-, l,2-dihydro-2-oxo-pyrazinyl, l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,3-dioxo~pyrazinyl-, 2,3- dihydro-2-oxo-indolyl-, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl-, 2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-lH-benzimidazolyl-, 2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-benzoxazolyl-, 1 ,2-dihydro-2-oxo-quinolinyl-, 1 ,4-dihydro-4-oxo- quinolinyl-, 1,2-dihydro-l-oxo-iso-quinolinyl-, l,4-dihydro-4-oxo-cinnolinyl-, l,2-dihydro-2- oxo-quinazolinyl-, 1 ,4-dihydro-4-oxo-quinazolinyl-, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,4-dioxo- quinazolinyl-, 1 ,2-dihydro-2-oxo-quinoxalinyl-, 1 ,2,3 ,4-tetrahydro-2,3-dioxo-quinoxalinyl-, 1 ,2-dihydro- 1 -oxo-phthalazinyl-, 1 ,2,3 ,4-tetrahydro- 1 ,4-dioxo-phthalazinyl-, chromanyl-, cumarinyl-, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[l,4]dioxinyl-, and 3,4-dihydro-3-oxo-2H-benzo[l,4]oxazinyl-, each unsubstituted or substituted.
128. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein at least one of R2, R2', and R3 is not hydrogen.
129. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein R2 and R3, or R2' and R3 are not hydrogen.
130. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein R2 or R2' is selected from the group consisting of 2-fluorophenyl, styryl, 4-fluorostyryl, 2-methoxyphenyl, pyrrolidin-1- yl, imidazolyl, and 3-furanyl each unsubstituted or substituted, and R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-ιo)alkyl, and aryl, each unsubstituted or substituted.
131. A compound according to any one of claims 1 - 107 , wherein R2 or R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, carboxyl, cyano, -CH3 and hydroxy, and R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-10)alkyl, and aryl, each unsubstituted or substituted.
132. A compound according to any one of claims 1-107, wherein R2 or R2' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, carboxyl, cyano, -CH3 and hydroxy, and R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C3-7)cycloalkyl and aryl, each unsubstituted or substituted.
133. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-132, wherein: R2 or R3 is selected from the group consisting of -NH2, -NHCH3, -N(CH3)2, -NHC1-3-alkyl, and -N(C1-3-alkyl)2, each unsubstituted or substituted; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl, 3-aminoazetidin-l-yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l-yl, 3-aminocyclopent- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethylcyclopent- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex- 1 -yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, R-3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
134. A compound according to any one of claims 5, 10, and 105-132, wherein:
Q is CO; and R\ is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxy)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-alkynyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-alkynyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-nitro)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxarmdo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-tetiazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-armnomemyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aminomethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-halo)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH^
-(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dichloro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dibromo phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl;
-(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and -(CH2)-(3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
135. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-132, wherein: Q is CO; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl, 3-aminoazetidin-l-yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l-yl, 3-aminocyclopent- 1-yl, 3 -aminomethylcyclopent- 1-yl, 3 -aminomethylcyclohex- 1 -yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, R-3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, each substimted or unsubstituted.
136. A compound according to any one of claims 5, 10, and 105-132, wherein: Q is SO; and Ri is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)-(2-cyano)phenyl; ~(CH2)-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-alkynyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-alkynyl)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(2-methoxy)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(3-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-nitro)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(3-nitro)phenyl; -(CH )-(2-carboxy)ρhenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-tetrazolyl)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(2-ammome l)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aminomethyl)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxymemyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxymefhyl)phenyl;-(CH2)-(2-ρhenyl)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(3-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-halo)phenyl; ' -(CH2)-(3-halo)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CO2(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-CO2(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(OT^^
-(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH )-2,5-dichloro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dibromo phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl;
-(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)~2-cyano-3,5,6-trifTuoro phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and -(CH2)-(3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstimted.
137. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-132, wherein: Q is SO; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminoazetidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminocyclopent-l-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclopent-l-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex-l-yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, R-3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
138. A compound according to any one of claims 5, 10, and 105-132, wherein: Q is SO2; and Ri is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-alkynyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-alkynyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-methoxy)phenyl -(CH2)-(2-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-nitro)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxy)phenyl
-(CH2)-(3-carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxarmdo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-carboxamido)phenyl -(CH2)-(2-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-tetrazolyl)phenyl -(CH2)-(3-tetiazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aminomemyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aminomefhyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hyαr-oxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-phenyl)phenyl: -(CH2)-(3-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-halo)phenyl
-(CH2)-(2-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl -(CH2)-(3-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl
-(CH2)-(3-CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-NH2)phenyl -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)cycloalk^^^ -(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aryl)phenyl
-(CH2)-(2-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl -(CH2)-2-chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dichloro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dibromo phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl;
-(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and -(CH2)-(3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
139. A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, 4, and 36-132, wherein: Q is SO2; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminoazetidin-l-yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminocyclopent- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethylcyclopent- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex- 1 -yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, R-3-aminopiperidin- 1-yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrohdin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
140. A compound according to claim 1, wherein: Q is CO; -L-X together are selected from the group consisting of -(CH )-(2-cyano)phenyl -(CH2)-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxy)ρhenyl
-(CH2)-(2-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-alkynyl)phenyl
-(CH2)-(3-alkynyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-methoxy)phenyl -(CH2)-(2-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxy)phenyl
-(CH2)-(3-carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-carboxamido)phenyl: -(CH2)-(2-sulfonarmdo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH )-(2-tetrazolyl)phenyl -(CH2)-(3-tetiazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aminomethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aminomethyl)phenyl -(CH2)-(2-hydroxymemyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-phenyl)phenyl: -(CH2)-(3-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-halo)phenyl
-(CH2)-(2-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl -(CH2)-(3-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl
-(CH2)-(3-CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-NH2)phenyl -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phen^ -(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aryl)phenyl
-(CH2)-(2-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl -(CH2)-2-chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; ~(CH2)-2-cyano~5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dichloro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dibromo phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluoroρhenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl;
-(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and -(CH2)-(3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl, 3-aminoazetidin-l-yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l-yl, 3-aminocyclopent- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethylcyclopent- 1 -yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex- 1 -yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, R-3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrohdin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
141. A compound according to claim 1 , wherein: Q is SO; -L-X together are selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)-(2-cyano)phenyl -(CH2)-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxy)phenyl
-(CH2)-(2-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-alkynyl)phenyl:
-(CH2)-(3-alkynyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-methoxy)phenyl -(CH2)-(2-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxy)phenyl
-(CH2)-(3-carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-carboxamido)phenyl -(CH2)-(2-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-tetrazolyl)phenyl: -(CH )-(3-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aminomemyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aminomethyl)phenyl -(CH2)-(2-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl;-(CH2)-(2-phenyl)phenyl -(CH2)-(3-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-halo)phenyl
-(CH2)-(2-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl -(CH2)-(3-CONH(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CO2(Cι-7)alkyl)phenyl
-(CH2)-(3-CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-NH2)phenyl -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl -(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aryl)phenyl
-(CH2)-(2-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl -(CH2)-2-chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dichloro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dibromo phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl;
-(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and -(CH2)-(3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminoazetidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminocyclopent-l-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclopent-l-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex-l-yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, R-3-aminoρiperidin-l-yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclqpent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
142. A compound according to claim 1, wherein: Q is SO2; -L-X together are selected from the group consisting of ~(CH2)-(2-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-cyano)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-alkenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-alkynyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-alkynyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-methoxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-nitro)ρhenyl; -(CH2)-(3-nitro)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxy)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-carboxy)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-carboxamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-sulfonamido)phenyl; -(CH )-(2-tetrazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-tetiazolyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aminomemyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aminomethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-phenyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-halo)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-halo)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-CONH(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(3-CO2(C1-7)alkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-NH2)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-(C3-7)alkyι)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3^
-(CH2)-(3-(C3-7)cycloalkyl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-aryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-aryl)phenyl;
-(CH2)-(2-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-(3-heteroaryl)phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-5-fluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dichloro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,5-dibromo phenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl; -(CH2)-2-bromo-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl;
-(CH2)-2-chloro-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5-difluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-2-cyano-3,5,6-trifluoro phenyl; -(CH2)-(2-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl; and -(CH2)-(3-heterocycloalkyl)phenyl, each substituted or unsubstituted; and Z is selected from the group consisting of 3-amino-piperidinyl-l-yl, 3-aminomethyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl, 3-aminoazetidin- 1 -yl, 3-amino-3-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl, 3-aminocyclopent-l-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclopent-l-yl, 3-aminomethylcyclohex-l-yl, 3-aminohexahydroazepin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, R-3-aminopiperidin-l-yl, R-3-amino-3-methylpiperidin-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclohex-l-yl, 3-amino-cyclopent-l-yl, and 3-amino-pyrrolidin-l-yl, each substituted or unsubstituted.
143. A compound selected from the group consisting of: 2-(6-Chloro-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-l-ylmethyl)-benzonitrile; and 2-(3-Bromo-6-chloro-2-oxo-2H-pyridin- 1 -ylmethyl)-benzonitrile.
144. A compound selected from the group consisting of: (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin-l-yl)-2-oxopyridin-l(2H)-yl)methyl) benzonitrile; (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl)-3-bromo-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)- yl)methyl)benzonitrile; (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin-l-yl)-2-oxo-3-(pyridin-3-yl)pyridin-l(2H)- yl)methyl)benzonitrile; (R)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- l-yl)-2-oxo-3-(prop- 1 -ynyl)pyridin- 1 (2H)- yl)methyl)benzonitrile; and (R,E)-2-((6-(3-aminopiperidin- 1 -yl)-2-oxo-3-(2-(pyridin-3-yl)vinyl)pyridin- 1 (2H)- yl)methyl)benzonitrile.
145. A compound according to any one of claims 1-144, wherein the compound is in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
146. A compound according to any one of claims 1-145, wherein the compound is present in a mixture of stereoisomers.
147. A compound according to any one of claims 1-145, wherein the compound comprises a single stereoisomer.
148. A pharmaceutical composition comprising, as an active ingredient, a compound according to any one of claims 1-147.
149. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 148, wherein the composition is a solid formulation adapted for oral administration.
150. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 148, wherein the composition is a tablet.
151. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 148, wherein the composition is a liquid formulation adapted for oral administration.
152. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 148, wherein the composition is a liquid formulation adapted for parenteral administration.
153. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1-147, wherein the composition is adapted for administration by a route selected from the group consisting of orally, parenterally, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intraarterially, transdermally, sublingually, intramuscularly, rectally, transbuccally, intranasally, liposomally, via inhalation, vaginally, intraoccularly, via local delivery, subcutaneously, intraadiposally, intraarticularly, and intrathecally.
154. A kit comprising: a compound according to any one of claims 1-147; and instructions which comprise one or more forms of information selected from the group consisting of indicating a disease state for which the compound is to be administered, storage information for the compound, dosing information and instructions regarding how to administer the compound.
155. A kit according to claim 154, wherein the kit comprises the compound in a multiple dose form.
156. An article of manufacture comprising: a compound according to any one of claims 1-147; and packaging materials.
157. An article of manufacture according to claim 156, wherein the packaging material comprises a container for housing the compound.
158. An article of manufacture according to claim 157, wherein the container comprises a label indicating one or more members of the group consisting of a disease state for which the compound is to be administered, storage information, dosing information and/or instructions regarding how to administer the composition.
159. An article of manufacture according to claim 156, wherein the article of manufacture comprises the compound in a multiple dose form.
160. A method of inhibiting DPP-TV comprising: contacting DPP-TV with a compound according to any one of claims 1-147.
161. A method of inhibiting DPP-TV comprising: causing a compound according to any one of claims 1-147 to be present in a subject in order to inhibit DPP-TV in vivo.
162. A method of inhibiting DPP-TV comprising: administering a first compound to a subject that is converted in vivo to a second compound wherein the second compound inhibits DPP-IV in vivo, the second compound being a compound according to any one of claims 1-147.
163. A therapeutic method comprising: administering a compound according to any one of claims 1-147 to a subject. ,
164. A method of treating a disease state for which DPP-TV possesses activity that contributes to the pathology and/or symptomology of the disease state, the method comprising causing a compound according to any one of claims 1-147 to be present in a subject in a therapeutically effective amount for the disease state.
165. A method according to claim 164, wherein the disease is type I or type II diabetes.
166. A method of treating cancer in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-147.
167. The method according to claim 166, wherein the cancer treated is colorectal, prostate, breast, thyroid, skin, lung, or head and neck.
168. A method of treating autoimmune disorders in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-147.
169. A method according to claim 168, wherein the autoimmune disorder is selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, and multiple sclerosis.
170. A method of treating a condition characterized by inadequate lymphocyte or hemapoietic cell activation or concentration in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-147.
171. A method according to claim 170, wherein said condition is a side effect of chemotherapy or radiation therapy.
172. A method according to claim 170, wherein said condition is a result of kidney failure.
173. A method according to claim 170, wherein said condition is a result of a bone marrow disorder.
174. A method of treating HIV infection in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-147.
175. A method of treating a condition characterized by immunodeficiency symptoms in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-147.
PCT/US2004/028678 2003-09-08 2004-09-02 Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors WO2005030751A2 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006526185A JP2007513058A (en) 2003-09-08 2004-09-02 Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitor
EP04809661A EP1697342A2 (en) 2003-09-08 2004-09-02 Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US50148603P 2003-09-08 2003-09-08
US60/501,486 2003-09-08

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2005030751A2 true WO2005030751A2 (en) 2005-04-07
WO2005030751A3 WO2005030751A3 (en) 2005-11-17

Family

ID=34392921

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2004/028678 WO2005030751A2 (en) 2003-09-08 2004-09-02 Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20050065144A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1697342A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2007513058A (en)
WO (1) WO2005030751A2 (en)

Cited By (39)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007072083A1 (en) 2005-12-23 2007-06-28 Prosidion Limited Treatment of type 2 diabetes with a combination of dpiv inhibitor and metformin or thiazolidinedione
WO2007120702A2 (en) 2006-04-11 2007-10-25 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of gpr119 receptor agonists for increasing bone mass and for treating osteoporosis, and combination therapy relating thereto
WO2008055945A1 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-15 Probiodrug Ag 3-hydr0xy-1,5-dihydr0-pyrr0l-2-one derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase for the treatment of ulcer, cancer and other diseases
WO2008065141A1 (en) 2006-11-30 2008-06-05 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2008120813A1 (en) 2007-04-03 2008-10-09 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Combined use of dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitor compound and sweetener
DE102007042754A1 (en) 2007-09-07 2009-03-12 Bayer Healthcare Ag Substituted 6-phenyl-nicotinic acids and their use
WO2009065921A2 (en) * 2007-11-22 2009-05-28 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel compounds
JP2009531437A (en) * 2006-03-28 2009-09-03 メルク エンド カムパニー インコーポレーテッド Aminotetrahydropyran as a dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitor for the treatment or prevention of diabetes
EP2116235A1 (en) 2005-01-10 2009-11-11 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes and conditions related thereto and for the treatment of conditions ameliorated by increasing a blood GLP-1 level
US7728146B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2010-06-01 Probiodrug Ag Enzyme inhibitors
WO2011005929A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Piperidine derivative and its use for the treatment of diabets and obesity
WO2011029920A1 (en) 2009-09-11 2011-03-17 Probiodrug Ag Heterocylcic derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2011107530A2 (en) 2010-03-03 2011-09-09 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors
WO2011110613A1 (en) 2010-03-10 2011-09-15 Probiodrug Ag Heterocyclic inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase (qc, ec 2.3.2.5)
WO2011127051A1 (en) 2010-04-06 2011-10-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2011131748A2 (en) 2010-04-21 2011-10-27 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors
JP2011251973A (en) * 2008-11-13 2011-12-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp Aminotetrahydropyran as dipeptidyl peptidase-iv inhibitor for treatment or prevention of diabetes
WO2012040279A1 (en) 2010-09-22 2012-03-29 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012123563A1 (en) 2011-03-16 2012-09-20 Probiodrug Ag Benz imidazole derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2012135570A1 (en) 2011-04-01 2012-10-04 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012145361A1 (en) 2011-04-19 2012-10-26 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012145604A1 (en) 2011-04-22 2012-10-26 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012145603A1 (en) 2011-04-22 2012-10-26 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012170702A1 (en) 2011-06-08 2012-12-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2013055910A1 (en) 2011-10-12 2013-04-18 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
US8450327B2 (en) 2007-10-18 2013-05-28 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh CGRP antagonists
US8629137B2 (en) 2007-10-18 2014-01-14 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh CGRP antagonists
US8648073B2 (en) 2009-12-30 2014-02-11 Fochon Pharma, Inc. Certain dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
WO2014074668A1 (en) 2012-11-08 2014-05-15 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of gpr119 and the treatment of disorders related thereto
US8829006B2 (en) 2007-11-22 2014-09-09 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds
US8853385B2 (en) 2008-01-17 2014-10-07 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Combination therapy comprising SGLT inhibitors and DPP4 inhibitors
EP2865670A1 (en) 2007-04-18 2015-04-29 Probiodrug AG Thiourea derivatives as glutaminyl cyclase inhibitors
EP3461819A1 (en) 2017-09-29 2019-04-03 Probiodrug AG Inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
US10555929B2 (en) 2015-03-09 2020-02-11 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. Methods for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and/or lipodystrophy
US11007175B2 (en) 2015-01-06 2021-05-18 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating conditions related to the S1P1 receptor
EP1931350B2 (en) 2005-09-14 2021-08-04 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Administration of dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US11253508B2 (en) 2017-04-03 2022-02-22 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. PPARy agonist for treatment of progressive supranuclear palsy
US11534424B2 (en) 2017-02-16 2022-12-27 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for treatment of primary biliary cholangitis
US11884626B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2024-01-30 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crystalline L-arginine salt of (R)-2-(7-(4-cyclopentyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrocyclo-penta [b]indol-3-yl)acetic acid(Compound1) for use in S1P1 receptor-associated disorders

Families Citing this family (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1723196A (en) 2001-06-27 2006-01-18 史密丝克莱恩比彻姆公司 Fluoropyrrolidines as dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
NZ540612A (en) 2003-01-14 2008-02-29 Arena Pharm Inc 1,2,3-Trisubstituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto such as diabetes and hyperglycemia
US7687625B2 (en) 2003-03-25 2010-03-30 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
BRPI0413452A (en) 2003-08-13 2006-10-17 Takeda Pharmaceutical compound, pharmaceutical composition, kit, article of manufacture, and methods of inhibiting dpp-iv, therapeutic, and treating a disease state, cancer, autoimmune disorders, a condition and HIV infection
US7790734B2 (en) 2003-09-08 2010-09-07 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
AU2004318013B8 (en) * 2004-03-15 2011-10-06 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
EP2805953B1 (en) 2004-12-21 2016-03-09 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
MX2007014114A (en) 2005-05-10 2008-03-14 Intermune Inc Pyridone derivatives for modulating stress-activated protein kinase system.
CA2617715A1 (en) * 2005-08-11 2007-02-15 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Pharmaceutical composition comprising a dpp-iv inhibitor
EP1942898B2 (en) 2005-09-14 2014-05-14 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors for treating diabetes
JP5122462B2 (en) * 2005-09-16 2013-01-16 武田薬品工業株式会社 Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitor
WO2007097931A2 (en) * 2006-02-15 2007-08-30 Merck & Co., Inc. Aminotetrahydropyrans as dipeptidyl peptidase-iv inhibitors for the treatment or prevention of diabetes
EP1999108A1 (en) * 2006-03-28 2008-12-10 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Preparation of (r)-3-aminopiperidine dihydrochloride
WO2007136603A2 (en) * 2006-05-16 2007-11-29 Merck & Co., Inc. Aminotetrahydropyrans as dipeptidyl peptidase-iv inhibitors for the treatment or prevention of diabetes
US8324383B2 (en) 2006-09-13 2012-12-04 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Methods of making polymorphs of benzoate salt of 2-[[6-[(3R)-3-amino-1-piperidinyl]-3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1(2H)-pyrimidinyl]methyl]-benzonitrile
TW200838536A (en) 2006-11-29 2008-10-01 Takeda Pharmaceutical Polymorphs of succinate salt of 2-[6-(3-amino-piperidin-1-yl)-3-methyl-2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrimidin-1-ylmethy]-4-fluor-benzonitrile and methods of use therefor
US8093236B2 (en) 2007-03-13 2012-01-10 Takeda Pharmaceuticals Company Limited Weekly administration of dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
EP2108960A1 (en) 2008-04-07 2009-10-14 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of using A G protein-coupled receptor to identify peptide YY (PYY) secretagogues and compounds useful in the treatment of conditons modulated by PYY
CA3034994A1 (en) * 2008-06-03 2009-12-10 Intermune, Inc. Substituted aryl-2 pyridone compounds and use thereof for treating inflammatory and fibrotic disorders
CN102595897A (en) 2009-09-02 2012-07-18 默沙东公司 Aminotetrahydropyrans as dipeptidyl peptidase-IV inhibitors for the treatment or prevention of diabetes
US8716482B2 (en) 2009-09-25 2014-05-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted aminopiperidines as dipeptidyl peptidase-IV inhibitors for the treatment of diabetes
KR101955691B1 (en) 2010-03-30 2019-03-07 베르선 코포레이션 Multisubstituted aromatic compounds as inhibitors of thrombin
AR092742A1 (en) 2012-10-02 2015-04-29 Intermune Inc ANTIFIBROTIC PYRIDINONES
JP6479749B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-03-06 ヴァーセオン コーポレイション Halogenopyrazoles as thrombin inhibitors
RU2019101889A (en) 2013-03-15 2019-03-28 Версеон Корпорейшн POLYSEMBATED AROMATIC COMPOUNDS AS SERINE PROTEASES INHIBITORS
CN106459042B (en) 2014-04-02 2019-06-28 英特穆恩公司 Anti-fibrosis pyridinone
WO2016044662A1 (en) * 2014-09-17 2016-03-24 Verseon Corporation Pyrazolyl-substituted pyridone compounds as serine protease inhibitors
EP3261639B1 (en) 2015-02-27 2022-08-24 Verseon International Corporation Substituted pyrazole compounds as serine protease inhibitors

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2361551A1 (en) * 1973-12-11 1975-06-19 Basf Ag Watersol. azo dyes derived from substd. pyridinium chlorides - dyeing natural and synthetic polyamides yellow-violet shades
GB1441665A (en) * 1972-09-11 1976-07-07 Commw Scient Ind Res Org Pyridinium salts
DE2500024A1 (en) * 1975-01-02 1976-07-08 Basf Ag Soluble azo dyes for dying polyamides - prepd. by coupling of 4,6-diaminopyridone derivs
WO1995015309A1 (en) * 1993-12-03 1995-06-08 Ferring B.V. Dp-iv-serine protease inhibitors
WO2003068757A1 (en) * 2002-02-13 2003-08-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Novel pyridin- and pyrimidin-derivatives

Family Cites Families (88)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE1249281B (en) * 1963-05-18
US3960949A (en) * 1971-04-02 1976-06-01 Schering Aktiengesellschaft 1,2-Biguanides
JPS5382783A (en) * 1976-12-29 1978-07-21 Yamanouchi Pharmaceut Co Ltd Novel pyridone derivs and process for their preparation
US4494978A (en) * 1976-12-30 1985-01-22 Chevron Research Company Herbicidal N-(N'-hydrocarbyloxycarbamylalkyl)-2,6-dialkyl-alpha-haloacetanilides
JPS5424882A (en) * 1977-07-22 1979-02-24 Yamanouchi Pharmaceut Co Ltd Novel heterocyclic compounds and their preparation
US4935493A (en) * 1987-10-06 1990-06-19 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Protease inhibitors
US5387512A (en) * 1991-06-07 1995-02-07 Merck & Co. Inc. Preparation of 3-[z-benzoxazol-2-yl)ethyl]-5-(1-hydroxyethyl)-6-methyl-2-(1H)-pyridinone by biotransformation
IL106998A0 (en) * 1992-09-17 1993-12-28 Univ Florida Brain-enhanced delivery of neuroactive peptides by sequential metabolism
US5601986A (en) * 1994-07-14 1997-02-11 Amgen Inc. Assays and devices for the detection of extrahepatic biliary atresia
US5614379A (en) * 1995-04-26 1997-03-25 Eli Lilly And Company Process for preparing anti-obesity protein
US20020006899A1 (en) * 1998-10-06 2002-01-17 Pospisilik Andrew J. Use of dipeptidyl peptidase IV effectors for lowering blood pressure in mammals
US5885997A (en) * 1996-07-01 1999-03-23 Dr. Reddy's Research Foundation Heterocyclic compounds, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in the treatment of diabetes and related diseases
US6011155A (en) * 1996-11-07 2000-01-04 Novartis Ag N-(substituted glycyl)-2-cyanopyrrolidines, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in inhibiting dipeptidyl peptidase-IV
US20030060434A1 (en) * 1997-02-18 2003-03-27 Loretta Nielsen Combined tumor suppressor gene therapy and chemotherapy in the treatment of neoplasms
US6235493B1 (en) * 1997-08-06 2001-05-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Amino acid substituted-cresyl violet, synthetic fluorogenic substrates for the analysis of agents in individual in vivo cells or tissue
US6485955B1 (en) * 1997-10-06 2002-11-26 The Trustees Of Tufts University Quiescent cell dipeptidyl peptidase: a novel cytoplasmic serine protease
US6342611B1 (en) * 1997-10-10 2002-01-29 Cytovia, Inc. Fluorogenic or fluorescent reporter molecules and their applications for whole-cell fluorescence screening assays for capsases and other enzymes and the use thereof
CA2310400C (en) * 1997-11-18 2008-02-19 Zaidan Hojin Biseibutsu Kagaku Kenkyu Kai Novel physiologically active substance sulphostin, process for producing the same, and use thereof
FR2771004B1 (en) * 1997-11-19 2000-02-18 Inst Curie USE OF BENZHYDRYL SULFINYL DERIVATIVES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF MEDICINAL PRODUCTS HAVING A WAKING EFFECT IN SITUATIONS OF DRUG-BASED VIGILANCE DISORDERS
US6380357B2 (en) * 1997-12-16 2002-04-30 Eli Lilly And Company Glucagon-like peptide-1 crystals
NZ505066A (en) * 1997-12-16 2002-10-25 Novozymes As Polypeptides having aminopeptidase activity and nucleic acids encoding same
US20020061839A1 (en) * 1998-03-09 2002-05-23 Scharpe Simon Lodewijk Serine peptidase modulators
PT1084129E (en) * 1998-06-05 2003-06-30 Point Therapeutics Inc BOROPROLINE CYCLIC COMPOUNDS
DE19828113A1 (en) * 1998-06-24 2000-01-05 Probiodrug Ges Fuer Arzneim Prodrugs of Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV Inhibitors
GB9906715D0 (en) * 1999-03-23 1999-05-19 Ferring Bv Compositions for promoting growth
US6548529B1 (en) * 1999-04-05 2003-04-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic containing biphenyl aP2 inhibitors and method
US6172081B1 (en) * 1999-06-24 2001-01-09 Novartis Ag Tetrahydroisoquinoline 3-carboxamide derivatives
US6528486B1 (en) * 1999-07-12 2003-03-04 Zealand Pharma A/S Peptide agonists of GLP-1 activity
DE19940130A1 (en) * 1999-08-24 2001-03-01 Probiodrug Ges Fuer Arzneim New effectors of Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV for topical use
US6559188B1 (en) * 1999-09-17 2003-05-06 Novartis Ag Method of treating metabolic disorders especially diabetes, or a disease or condition associated with diabetes
US6414002B1 (en) * 1999-09-22 2002-07-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted acid derivatives useful as antidiabetic and antiobesity agents and method
US6251391B1 (en) * 1999-10-01 2001-06-26 Klaire Laboratories, Inc. Compositions containing dipepitidyl peptidase IV and tyrosinase or phenylalaninase for reducing opioid-related symptons
GB9928330D0 (en) * 1999-11-30 2000-01-26 Ferring Bv Novel antidiabetic agents
AU2020501A (en) * 1999-12-08 2001-06-18 1149336 Ontario Inc. Chemotherapy treatment
EP1257577B1 (en) * 2000-01-27 2004-04-21 Eli Lilly And Company Process for solubilizing glucagon-like peptide 1 (glp-1) compounds
US6395767B2 (en) * 2000-03-10 2002-05-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Cyclopropyl-fused pyrrolidine-based inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase IV and method
US6555519B2 (en) * 2000-03-30 2003-04-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company O-glucosylated benzamide SGLT2 inhibitors and method
EP2266665B1 (en) * 2000-03-31 2016-05-11 Royalty Pharma Collection Trust Method for the improvement of islet signaling in diabetes mellitus and for its prevention
US6545170B2 (en) * 2000-04-13 2003-04-08 Pharmacia Corporation 2-amino-5, 6 heptenoic acid derivatives useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors
DK1278748T3 (en) * 2000-04-25 2011-04-18 Icos Corp Inhibitors of human phosphatidyl-inositol 3-kinase delta
US6783757B2 (en) * 2000-06-01 2004-08-31 Kirkman Group, Inc. Composition and method for increasing exorphin catabolism to treat autism
EP1303218A1 (en) * 2000-06-14 2003-04-23 Sterilis, Inc. Suturing method and apparatus
AU6895801A (en) * 2000-07-04 2002-01-14 Novo Nordisk As Heterocyclic compounds, which are inhibitors of the enzyme dpp-iv
US20020037829A1 (en) * 2000-08-23 2002-03-28 Aronson Peter S. Use of DPPIV inhibitors as diuretic and anti-hypertensive agents
AU2001294197C1 (en) * 2000-10-06 2005-05-19 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Aliphatic nitrogenous five-membered ring compounds
AUPR107800A0 (en) * 2000-10-27 2000-11-23 University Of Sydney, The Peptide and nucleic acid molecule ii
MXPA03003870A (en) * 2000-10-30 2004-08-12 Johnson & Johnson Combination therapy comprising anti-diabetic and anticonvulsant agents.
TWI243162B (en) * 2000-11-10 2005-11-11 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Cyanopyrrolidine derivatives
US20030055052A1 (en) * 2000-11-10 2003-03-20 Stefan Peters FAP-activated anti-tumor compounds
CA2437492A1 (en) * 2001-02-02 2002-08-15 Yoshihiro Banno Fused heterocyclic compounds
ATE353900T1 (en) * 2001-02-24 2007-03-15 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma XANTHINE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PRODUCTION AND THEIR USE AS MEDICINAL PRODUCTS
US6337069B1 (en) * 2001-02-28 2002-01-08 B.M.R.A. Corporation B.V. Method of treating rhinitis or sinusitis by intranasally administering a peptidase
TWI331525B (en) * 2001-03-19 2010-10-11 Novartis Ag Combinations comprising an antidiarrheal agent and an epothilone or an epothilone derivative
FR2822826B1 (en) * 2001-03-28 2003-05-09 Servier Lab NOVEL ALPHA-AMINO ACID SULPHONYL DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR PREPARING THEM AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAME
FR2824825B1 (en) * 2001-05-15 2005-05-06 Servier Lab NOVEL ALPHA-AMINOACID DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
US20030060494A1 (en) * 2001-05-18 2003-03-27 Nobuyuki Yasuda Pharmaceutical use of N-carbamoylazole derivatives
US7105556B2 (en) * 2001-05-30 2006-09-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Conformationally constrained analogs useful as antidiabetic and antiobesity agents and method
US6794379B2 (en) * 2001-06-06 2004-09-21 Tularik Inc. CXCR3 antagonists
UA74912C2 (en) * 2001-07-06 2006-02-15 Merck & Co Inc Beta-aminotetrahydroimidazo-(1,2-a)-pyrazines and tetratriazolo-(4,3-a)-pyrazines as inhibitors of dipeptylpeptidase for the treatment or prevention of diabetes
US6884399B2 (en) * 2001-07-30 2005-04-26 Carrier Corporation Modular photocatalytic air purifier
US6673829B2 (en) * 2001-09-14 2004-01-06 Novo Nordisk A/S Aminoazetidine,-pyrrolidine and -piperidine derivatives
AR036663A1 (en) * 2001-10-01 2004-09-22 Bristol Myers Squibb Co ESPIRO-HYDANTOINE COMPOUNDS USED AS ANTI-INFLAMMATORY AGENTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT CONTAIN THEM AND THE INTERMEDIARIES TO PREPARE SUCH COMPOUNDS
GB0125445D0 (en) * 2001-10-23 2001-12-12 Ferring Bv Protease Inhibitors
US6861440B2 (en) * 2001-10-26 2005-03-01 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. DPP IV inhibitors
WO2003040114A1 (en) * 2001-11-06 2003-05-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted acid derivatives useful as antidiabetic and antiobesity agents and method
US20030125304A1 (en) * 2001-11-09 2003-07-03 Hans-Ulrich Demuth Substituted amino ketone compounds
US20030089935A1 (en) * 2001-11-13 2003-05-15 Macronix International Co., Ltd. Non-volatile semiconductor memory device with multi-layer gate insulating structure
US6727261B2 (en) * 2001-12-27 2004-04-27 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Pyrido[2,1-A]Isoquinoline derivatives
TW200307667A (en) * 2002-05-06 2003-12-16 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Sulfonylaminovalerolactams and derivatives thereof as factor Xa inhibitors
US7057046B2 (en) * 2002-05-20 2006-06-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Lactam glycogen phosphorylase inhibitors and method of use
AU2003233010A1 (en) * 2002-06-04 2003-12-19 Pfizer Products Inc. Process for the preparation of 3,3,4,4-tetrafluoropyrrolidine and derivatives thereof
US6710040B1 (en) * 2002-06-04 2004-03-23 Pfizer Inc. Fluorinated cyclic amides as dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors
US20040009972A1 (en) * 2002-06-17 2004-01-15 Ding Charles Z. Benzodiazepine inhibitors of mitochondial F1F0 ATP hydrolase and methods of inhibiting F1F0 ATP hydrolase
US20040054171A1 (en) * 2002-07-04 2004-03-18 Jensen Anette Frost Polymorphic forms of a 4H-thieno[3,2-E]-1,2,4-thiadiazine 1,1-dioxide derivative
US7407955B2 (en) * 2002-08-21 2008-08-05 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co., Kg 8-[3-amino-piperidin-1-yl]-xanthines, the preparation thereof and their use as pharmaceutical compositions
US20040058876A1 (en) * 2002-09-18 2004-03-25 Torsten Hoffmann Secondary binding site of dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DP IV)
US6869966B2 (en) * 2002-09-30 2005-03-22 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. N-substituted-2-oxodihydropyridine derivatives
US7109192B2 (en) * 2002-12-03 2006-09-19 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co Kg Substituted imidazo-pyridinones and imidazo-pyridazinones, the preparation thereof and their use as pharmaceutical compositions
US20050014732A1 (en) * 2003-03-14 2005-01-20 Pharmacia Corporation Combination of an aldosterone receptor antagonist and an anti-diabetic agent
PT1620082E (en) * 2003-05-05 2010-06-11 Probiodrug Ag Medical use of inhibitors of glutaminyl and glutamate cyclases for treating alzheimer`s disease and down syndrome
US7566707B2 (en) * 2003-06-18 2009-07-28 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Imidazopyridazinone and imidazopyridone derivatives, the preparation thereof and their use as pharmaceutical compositions
JO2625B1 (en) * 2003-06-24 2011-11-01 ميرك شارب اند دوم كوربوريشن Phosphoric acid salt of a dipeptidyl peptidase-IV inhibitor
US6995183B2 (en) * 2003-08-01 2006-02-07 Bristol Myers Squibb Company Adamantylglycine-based inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase IV and methods
WO2005019168A2 (en) * 2003-08-20 2005-03-03 Pfizer Products Inc. Fluorinated lysine derivatives as dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors
AU2004318013B8 (en) * 2004-03-15 2011-10-06 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
CN102908351B (en) * 2005-09-14 2014-07-23 武田药品工业株式会社 Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors for treating diabetes
EP1942898B2 (en) * 2005-09-14 2014-05-14 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors for treating diabetes
TW200745079A (en) * 2005-09-16 2007-12-16 Takeda Pharmaceuticals Co Polymorphs of benzoate salt of 2-[[6-[(3R)-3-amino-1-piperidinyl]-3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1(2H)-pyrimidinyl]methyl]-benzonitrile and methods of use therefor

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1441665A (en) * 1972-09-11 1976-07-07 Commw Scient Ind Res Org Pyridinium salts
DE2361551A1 (en) * 1973-12-11 1975-06-19 Basf Ag Watersol. azo dyes derived from substd. pyridinium chlorides - dyeing natural and synthetic polyamides yellow-violet shades
DE2500024A1 (en) * 1975-01-02 1976-07-08 Basf Ag Soluble azo dyes for dying polyamides - prepd. by coupling of 4,6-diaminopyridone derivs
WO1995015309A1 (en) * 1993-12-03 1995-06-08 Ferring B.V. Dp-iv-serine protease inhibitors
WO2003068757A1 (en) * 2002-02-13 2003-08-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Novel pyridin- and pyrimidin-derivatives

Non-Patent Citations (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
A.E.WEBER: "Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV Inhibitors for the Treatment of Diabetes" J.MED.CHEM., vol. 47, 2004, pages 4135-4141, XP002329845 *
A.GUPTA ET AL.: "Fluorine containing Biologically Active Agents:Synthesis of some new Pyrimidine Derivatives" J.IND.CHEM.SOC., vol. 71, 1994, pages 635-636, XP000889664 *
B.S.RAUCKMAN ET AL.: "2,4-Diamino-5-benzylpyrimidines and Analogues as antibacterial Agents" J.MED.CHEM., vol. 23, 1980, pages 384-391, XP002335048 *
DATABASE CROSSFIRE BEILSTEIN Beilstein Institut zur Foerderung der Wissenschaften, Frankfurt am Main, DE; XP002335063 & J. HETEROCYCL.CHEM., vol. 12, 1975, pages 683-687, *
DATABASE CROSSFIRE BEILSTEIN Beilstein Institut zur Foerderung der Wissenschaften, Frankfurt am Main, DE; XP002335064 & ARCH.PHARM., vol. 305, 1972, pages 724-730, *
DATABASE CROSSFIRE BEILSTEIN Beilstein Institut zur Foerderung der Wissenschaften, Frankfurt am Main, DE; XP002335065 & J.ORG.CHEM., vol. 43, 1978, pages 4069-4074, *
DATABASE CROSSFIRE BEILSTEIN Beilstein Institut zur Foerderung der Wissenschaften, Frankfurt am Main, DE; XP002335066 & J.CHEM.SOC., 1952, pages 4985-4990, *
DATABASE CROSSFIRE BEILSTEIN Beilstein Institut zur Foerderung der Wissenschaften, Frankfurt am Main, DE; XP002335067 & CHEM.BER., vol. 99, 1966, pages 244-252, *
DATABASE CROSSFIRE BEILSTEIN Beilstein Institut zur Foerderung der Wissenschaften, Frankfurt am Main, DE; XP002335068 & YAKUGAKU ZASSHI, vol. 88, 1968, pages 106-109, *
DATABASE CROSSFIRE BEILSTEIN Beilstein Institut zur Foerderung der Wissenschaften, Frankfurt am Main, DE; XP002335069 & MAT.FYS.MEDD.K.DAN.VIDENSK.SELSK., vol. 36, 1967, page 23, *
DATABASE CROSSFIRE BEILSTEIN Beilstein Institut zur Foerderung der Wissenschaften, Frankfurt am Main, DE; XP002335070 & CHEM.BER., vol. 101, no. 8, 1968, pages 2679-2689, *
DATABASE CROSSFIRE BEILSTEIN Beilstein Institut zur Foerderung der Wissenschaften, Frankfurt am Main, DE; XP002335071 & J.CHEM.SOC.PERKIN TRANS.1, 1980, pages 1370-1380, *
DATABASE CROSSFIRE BEILSTEIN Beilstein Institut zur Foerderung der Wissenschaften, Frankfurt am Main, DE; XP002335072 & J.PRAKT.CHEM., vol. 315, 1973, pages 1166-1168, *
DATABASE CROSSFIRE BEILSTEIN Beilstein Institut zur Foerderung der Wissenschaften, Frankfurt am Main, DE; XP002335073 & J.PRAKT.CHEM., vol. 330, no. 2, 1988, pages 323-324, *
DATABASE CROSSFIRE BEILSTEIN Beilstein Institut zur Foerderung der Wissenschaften, Frankfurt am Main, DE; XP002335074 & J.HETEROCYCL.CHEM., vol. 8, 1971, pages 367-371, *
DATABASE CROSSFIRE BEILSTEIN Beilstein Institut zur Foerderung der Wissenschaften, Frankfurt am Main, DE; XP002335075 & J.PRAKT.CHEM., vol. 333, no. 1, 1991, pages 149-151, *
DATABASE CROSSFIRE BEILSTEIN Beilstein Institut zur Foerderung der Wissenschaften, Frankfurt am Main, DE; XP002335076 & ANGEW.CHEM., vol. 84, 1972, page 1185, *

Cited By (48)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2116235A1 (en) 2005-01-10 2009-11-11 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes and conditions related thereto and for the treatment of conditions ameliorated by increasing a blood GLP-1 level
EP1931350B2 (en) 2005-09-14 2021-08-04 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Administration of dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
WO2007072083A1 (en) 2005-12-23 2007-06-28 Prosidion Limited Treatment of type 2 diabetes with a combination of dpiv inhibitor and metformin or thiazolidinedione
JP2009531437A (en) * 2006-03-28 2009-09-03 メルク エンド カムパニー インコーポレーテッド Aminotetrahydropyran as a dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitor for the treatment or prevention of diabetes
WO2007120702A2 (en) 2006-04-11 2007-10-25 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of gpr119 receptor agonists for increasing bone mass and for treating osteoporosis, and combination therapy relating thereto
EP2253311A2 (en) 2006-04-11 2010-11-24 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of GPR119 receptor agonists for increasing bone mass and for treating osteoporosis, as well as combination therapy relating thereto
US7728146B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2010-06-01 Probiodrug Ag Enzyme inhibitors
WO2008055945A1 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-15 Probiodrug Ag 3-hydr0xy-1,5-dihydr0-pyrr0l-2-one derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase for the treatment of ulcer, cancer and other diseases
WO2008065141A1 (en) 2006-11-30 2008-06-05 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2008120813A1 (en) 2007-04-03 2008-10-09 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Combined use of dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitor compound and sweetener
EP2865670A1 (en) 2007-04-18 2015-04-29 Probiodrug AG Thiourea derivatives as glutaminyl cyclase inhibitors
DE102007042754A1 (en) 2007-09-07 2009-03-12 Bayer Healthcare Ag Substituted 6-phenyl-nicotinic acids and their use
US8629137B2 (en) 2007-10-18 2014-01-14 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh CGRP antagonists
US8450327B2 (en) 2007-10-18 2013-05-28 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh CGRP antagonists
WO2009065921A3 (en) * 2007-11-22 2009-09-24 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel compounds
JP2011504480A (en) * 2007-11-22 2011-02-10 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング New compounds
US8829006B2 (en) 2007-11-22 2014-09-09 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds
WO2009065921A2 (en) * 2007-11-22 2009-05-28 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel compounds
US8278336B2 (en) 2007-11-22 2012-10-02 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds
US8853385B2 (en) 2008-01-17 2014-10-07 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Combination therapy comprising SGLT inhibitors and DPP4 inhibitors
JP2011251973A (en) * 2008-11-13 2011-12-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp Aminotetrahydropyran as dipeptidyl peptidase-iv inhibitor for treatment or prevention of diabetes
WO2011005929A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Piperidine derivative and its use for the treatment of diabets and obesity
WO2011029920A1 (en) 2009-09-11 2011-03-17 Probiodrug Ag Heterocylcic derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
US9340523B2 (en) 2009-12-30 2016-05-17 Fochon Pharma, Inc. Certain dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US8648073B2 (en) 2009-12-30 2014-02-11 Fochon Pharma, Inc. Certain dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
WO2011107530A2 (en) 2010-03-03 2011-09-09 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors
WO2011110613A1 (en) 2010-03-10 2011-09-15 Probiodrug Ag Heterocyclic inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase (qc, ec 2.3.2.5)
WO2011127051A1 (en) 2010-04-06 2011-10-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2011131748A2 (en) 2010-04-21 2011-10-27 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors
WO2012040279A1 (en) 2010-09-22 2012-03-29 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
US10894787B2 (en) 2010-09-22 2021-01-19 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the GPR119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
EP3323818A1 (en) 2010-09-22 2018-05-23 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012123563A1 (en) 2011-03-16 2012-09-20 Probiodrug Ag Benz imidazole derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2012135570A1 (en) 2011-04-01 2012-10-04 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012145361A1 (en) 2011-04-19 2012-10-26 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012145603A1 (en) 2011-04-22 2012-10-26 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012145604A1 (en) 2011-04-22 2012-10-26 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012170702A1 (en) 2011-06-08 2012-12-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2013055910A1 (en) 2011-10-12 2013-04-18 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2014074668A1 (en) 2012-11-08 2014-05-15 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of gpr119 and the treatment of disorders related thereto
US11007175B2 (en) 2015-01-06 2021-05-18 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating conditions related to the S1P1 receptor
US10772865B2 (en) 2015-03-09 2020-09-15 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. Methods for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and/or lipodystrophy
US10555929B2 (en) 2015-03-09 2020-02-11 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. Methods for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and/or lipodystrophy
US11400072B2 (en) 2015-03-09 2022-08-02 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. Methods for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and/or lipodystrophy
US11884626B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2024-01-30 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crystalline L-arginine salt of (R)-2-(7-(4-cyclopentyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrocyclo-penta [b]indol-3-yl)acetic acid(Compound1) for use in S1P1 receptor-associated disorders
US11534424B2 (en) 2017-02-16 2022-12-27 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for treatment of primary biliary cholangitis
US11253508B2 (en) 2017-04-03 2022-02-22 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. PPARy agonist for treatment of progressive supranuclear palsy
EP3461819A1 (en) 2017-09-29 2019-04-03 Probiodrug AG Inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2005030751A3 (en) 2005-11-17
JP2007513058A (en) 2007-05-24
EP1697342A2 (en) 2006-09-06
US20050065144A1 (en) 2005-03-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1699777B1 (en) Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7723344B2 (en) Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
WO2005030751A2 (en) Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
EP2805953B1 (en) Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7687638B2 (en) Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
CA2559302C (en) 6-amino-1h-pyrimidine-2,4-dione derivatives as dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7825242B2 (en) Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US20040254226A1 (en) Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7169926B1 (en) Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
EP1911754B1 (en) Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7678909B1 (en) Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006526185

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004809661

Country of ref document: EP

DPEN Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2004809661

Country of ref document: EP